1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
68 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
70 #include "insn-config.h"
78 #include "dwarf2out.h"
79 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
84 #include "diagnostic.h"
85 #include "tree-pretty-print.h"
88 #include "langhooks.h"
93 #include "tree-pass.h"
94 #include "tree-flow.h"
95 #include "cfglayout.h"
97 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
98 static rtx last_var_location_insn;
100 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
101 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
103 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
104 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
105 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
106 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
107 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
108 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
109 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
110 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
112 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
113 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
116 /* ??? Poison these here until it can be done generically. They've been
117 totally replaced in this file; make sure it stays that way. */
118 #undef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
119 #undef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
120 #if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000)
121 #pragma GCC poison DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
124 #ifndef INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
125 #define INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX (gcc_unreachable (), NULL_RTX)
128 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
129 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
130 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
131 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
132 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
135 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
136 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm = 0;
138 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
142 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
144 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
145 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
146 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
147 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
150 if (saved_do_cfi_asm)
153 if (targetm.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2)
156 if ((flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions)
157 && targetm.except_unwind_info (&global_options) == UI_DWARF2)
163 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
166 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
170 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
173 if (saved_do_cfi_asm)
175 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm || !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
177 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE)
180 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
181 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
182 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
183 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
185 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
186 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
189 /* If we can't get the assembler to emit only .debug_frame, and we don't need
190 dwarf2 unwind info for exceptions, then emit .debug_frame by hand. */
191 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
192 && !flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions
193 && targetm.except_unwind_info (&global_options) != UI_DWARF2)
196 saved_do_cfi_asm = true;
200 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
202 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
205 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
206 must be kept around forever. */
207 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
209 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
210 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
211 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
213 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
215 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
216 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
217 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
218 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
219 define type declaration DIE's. */
220 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
222 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
223 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
224 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
225 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
226 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
227 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
228 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
229 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
230 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
231 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
232 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
233 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
235 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
237 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality;
239 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
240 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
241 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
244 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
245 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
246 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
248 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
249 Information instructions. The register number, offset
250 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
251 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
253 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
255 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
261 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct {
262 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
263 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
264 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
265 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
269 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct {
270 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
271 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
273 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
278 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref);
279 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref, heap);
280 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref, gc);
282 typedef VEC(dw_cfi_ref, gc) *cfi_vec;
284 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
285 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
286 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
287 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
288 of this structure. */
289 typedef struct cfa_loc {
290 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
291 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
293 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect : 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
294 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use : 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
297 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
298 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
299 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
300 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
301 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
303 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct {
305 const char *dw_fde_begin;
306 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
307 const char *dw_fde_end;
308 const char *dw_fde_vms_end_prologue;
309 const char *dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue;
310 const char *dw_fde_second_begin;
311 const char *dw_fde_second_end;
313 int dw_fde_switch_cfi_index; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
314 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment;
315 unsigned funcdef_number;
316 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
317 unsigned int drap_reg;
318 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
319 unsigned int vdrap_reg;
320 /* These 3 flags are copied from rtl_data in function.h. */
321 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
322 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
323 unsigned nothrow : 1;
324 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
325 unsigned stack_realign : 1;
326 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
327 unsigned drap_reg_saved: 1;
328 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
329 unsigned in_std_section : 1;
330 /* True iff dw_fde_second_begin label is in text_section or
331 cold_text_section. */
332 unsigned second_in_std_section : 1;
336 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
337 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
339 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
340 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
341 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
342 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
344 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
345 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
348 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
349 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
350 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
353 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
354 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
357 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
359 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
360 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
363 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
364 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
365 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
368 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
369 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
371 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
372 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
375 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
376 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
377 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
379 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
380 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
381 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
382 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
384 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
388 /* CIE identifier. */
389 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
390 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
391 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
393 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
396 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
397 information for each routine. */
398 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
400 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
401 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
403 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
404 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
406 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
408 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
410 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
412 static inline dw_fde_ref
415 return fde_table_in_use ? &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1] : NULL;
418 /* A vector of call frame insns for the CIE. */
419 static GTY(()) cfi_vec cie_cfi_vec;
421 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
422 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
423 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
424 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
425 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
427 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node {
429 unsigned int refcount;
430 enum dwarf_form form;
434 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
436 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
438 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced = false;
440 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
441 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
443 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
444 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
446 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
448 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false;
449 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false;
451 /* The default cold text section. */
452 static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section;
454 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
456 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
457 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
458 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
459 static void add_cfi (cfi_vec *, dw_cfi_ref);
460 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
461 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *, dw_cfa_location *);
462 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
463 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
464 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
465 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
467 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
468 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref);
469 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
470 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
471 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx);
472 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
474 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
475 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref, int);
476 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref);
477 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
478 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
479 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
480 (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
481 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_aligned_loc
482 (HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT);
483 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
484 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *mem_loc_descriptor
485 (rtx, enum machine_mode mode, enum machine_mode mem_mode,
486 enum var_init_status);
488 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
489 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
490 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
493 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
494 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
495 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
497 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
498 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
501 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
502 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
505 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
506 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
509 #ifndef PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
510 #define PROLOGUE_END_LABEL "LPE"
513 #ifndef EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
514 #define EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL "LEB"
517 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
518 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
520 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
521 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
522 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
523 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
524 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
525 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
526 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
527 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
528 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
529 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
531 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
532 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
534 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
536 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
538 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
542 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
543 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
544 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
545 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
548 /* Match the base name of a file to the base name of a compilation unit. */
551 matches_main_base (const char *path)
553 /* Cache the last query. */
554 static const char *last_path = NULL;
555 static int last_match = 0;
556 if (path != last_path)
559 int length = base_of_path (path, &base);
561 last_match = (length == main_input_baselength
562 && memcmp (base, main_input_basename, length) == 0);
567 #ifdef DEBUG_DEBUG_STRUCT
570 dump_struct_debug (tree type, enum debug_info_usage usage,
571 enum debug_struct_file criterion, int generic,
572 int matches, int result)
574 /* Find the type name. */
575 tree type_decl = TYPE_STUB_DECL (type);
577 const char *name = 0;
578 if (TREE_CODE (t) == TYPE_DECL)
581 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
583 fprintf (stderr, " struct %d %s %s %s %s %d %p %s\n",
585 DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl) ? "sys" : "usr",
586 matches ? "bas" : "hdr",
587 generic ? "gen" : "ord",
588 usage == DINFO_USAGE_DFN ? ";" :
589 usage == DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE ? "." : "*",
591 (void*) type_decl, name);
594 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
595 dump_struct_debug (type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result)
599 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
605 should_emit_struct_debug (tree type, enum debug_info_usage usage)
607 enum debug_struct_file criterion;
609 bool generic = lang_hooks.types.generic_p (type);
612 criterion = debug_struct_generic[usage];
614 criterion = debug_struct_ordinary[usage];
616 if (criterion == DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_NONE)
617 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, false, false);
618 if (criterion == DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_ANY)
619 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, false, true);
621 type_decl = TYPE_STUB_DECL (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type));
623 if (criterion == DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_SYS && DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl))
624 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, false, true);
626 if (matches_main_base (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (type_decl)))
627 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, true, true);
628 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, false, false);
631 /* Hook used by __throw. */
634 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
636 unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
637 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
640 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
641 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
644 stripattributes (const char *s)
646 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
651 while (*s && *s != ',')
658 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
659 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
662 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c)
664 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
665 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
666 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
669 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
671 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
672 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
674 HOST_WIDE_INT r = off / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
675 gcc_assert (r * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == off);
679 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
680 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
683 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
685 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT < 0 ? off > 0 : off < 0;
688 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
691 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
694 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
695 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
696 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
697 bool wrote_return_column = false;
699 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
701 int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
703 if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
705 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
706 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
709 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
710 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
711 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
713 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
715 wrote_return_column = true;
717 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
721 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
722 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
726 if (!wrote_return_column)
727 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
729 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
730 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
733 targetm.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address);
736 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
739 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
743 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
744 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
746 return "DW_CFA_offset";
748 return "DW_CFA_restore";
752 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
753 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
754 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
755 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
756 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
757 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
758 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
759 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
760 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
761 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
762 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
763 case DW_CFA_undefined:
764 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
765 case DW_CFA_same_value:
766 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
767 case DW_CFA_register:
768 return "DW_CFA_register";
769 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
770 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
771 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
772 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
774 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
775 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
776 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
777 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
778 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
781 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
782 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
783 case DW_CFA_expression:
784 return "DW_CFA_expression";
785 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
786 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
787 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
788 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
789 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
790 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
792 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
793 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
794 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
797 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
798 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
799 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
800 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
801 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
802 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
805 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
809 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
811 static inline dw_cfi_ref
814 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc_dw_cfi_node ();
816 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
817 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
822 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
825 add_cfi (cfi_vec *vec, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
827 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
829 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
830 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
831 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
832 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
833 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
834 if (0 && fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
835 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
837 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
838 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
839 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
841 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
848 VEC_safe_push (dw_cfi_ref, gc, *vec, cfi);
851 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
852 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
855 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force)
857 static char label[20];
859 if (!force && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
861 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
862 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
864 strcpy (label, "<do not output>");
868 int num = dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++;
869 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", num);
870 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LCFI", num);
876 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
877 static bool emit_cfa_remember;
879 /* True if any CFI directives were emitted at the current insn. */
880 static bool any_cfis_emitted;
882 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
883 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
886 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
890 if (cie_cfi_vec == NULL)
891 cie_cfi_vec = VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref, gc, 20);
895 if (emit_cfa_remember)
897 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember;
899 /* Emit the state save. */
900 emit_cfa_remember = false;
901 cfi_remember = new_cfi ();
902 cfi_remember->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_remember_state;
903 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi_remember);
906 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
910 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
912 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
914 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
915 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
916 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
917 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
918 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
919 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
920 if (dwarf_version == 2
921 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
922 && (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
923 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG))
925 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
927 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
928 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
929 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
931 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
932 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
933 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
934 if (*label == 0 || strcmp (label, "<do not output>") == 0)
935 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
937 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
938 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
942 label = xstrdup (label);
944 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
946 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
947 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
948 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
949 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
950 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_set_loc;
951 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
952 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
953 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
961 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
963 vec = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
964 any_cfis_emitted = true;
966 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
967 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
968 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
969 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
970 sure how to address this for now. */
974 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
976 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
979 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
981 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
982 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
986 label = xstrdup (label);
988 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
990 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
991 set the location directly using set_loc. */
992 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
993 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
995 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
996 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
998 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
1001 vec = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
1002 any_cfis_emitted = true;
1008 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
1011 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc, dw_cfa_location *remember)
1013 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
1015 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1016 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1017 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
1019 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1020 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
1022 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1023 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1024 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
1025 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
1027 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1028 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
1031 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
1032 gcc_assert (!remember->in_use);
1034 remember->in_use = 1;
1036 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
1037 gcc_assert (remember->in_use);
1039 remember->in_use = 0;
1047 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
1050 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
1055 dw_cfa_location remember;
1057 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
1058 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1061 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_cfi_ref, cie_cfi_vec, ix, cfi)
1062 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
1064 fde = current_fde ();
1066 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_cfi_ref, fde->dw_fde_cfi, ix, cfi)
1067 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
1070 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
1071 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
1073 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
1075 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
1077 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
1078 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember;
1080 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
1081 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
1083 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
1084 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
1086 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
1087 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
1088 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
1091 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1093 dw_cfa_location loc;
1095 loc.base_offset = 0;
1097 loc.offset = offset;
1098 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
1101 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1104 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
1106 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
1107 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
1108 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
1109 && (loc1->indirect == 0
1110 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
1113 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1114 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1117 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
1120 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
1125 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
1126 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
1128 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
1129 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
1131 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1132 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
1137 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect && !old_cfa.indirect)
1139 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1140 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1141 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1142 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1144 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
1146 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
1147 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1150 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1151 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
1152 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
1154 && !old_cfa.indirect)
1156 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1157 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1158 offset has not changed. */
1159 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
1160 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1164 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
1166 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1167 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1168 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1169 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1172 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
1174 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
1175 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1176 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1180 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1181 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1182 register-offset pair is available. */
1183 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
1185 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
1186 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
1187 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
1190 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1193 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1194 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1195 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1196 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1199 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1201 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1202 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
1204 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1206 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1209 && fde->stack_realign
1210 && sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1212 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression;
1213 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1214 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc
1215 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset, fde->stack_realignment);
1217 else if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1219 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset))
1220 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
1221 else if (reg & ~0x3f)
1222 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
1224 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
1225 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
1227 else if (sreg == reg)
1228 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
1231 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
1232 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
1235 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1238 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1239 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1240 from the previous frame's window save area.
1242 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1243 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1246 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
1248 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1250 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
1251 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1254 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1255 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1258 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1260 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1263 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1264 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1267 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1269 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1272 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1273 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1276 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
1278 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
1281 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1282 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1285 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
1287 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1288 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1290 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1293 /* RA is in a register. */
1294 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
1298 /* RA is on the stack. */
1299 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
1300 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1303 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1308 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1309 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1313 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1314 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1324 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1325 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1326 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1327 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
1328 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1335 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1336 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1339 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1342 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1343 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1344 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset)
1346 const_rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1347 const_rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1348 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1351 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1353 code = GET_CODE (src);
1355 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1357 if (code == REG && src != stack_pointer_rtx)
1359 offset = -cur_args_size;
1360 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1363 return offset - cur_offset;
1366 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1367 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1368 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
1371 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1372 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1378 if (MEM_P (src) && !MEM_P (dest))
1382 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1383 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1384 code = GET_CODE (src);
1390 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1392 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1393 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1394 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1395 && CONST_INT_P (val));
1396 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1403 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1405 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1412 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1414 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1429 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1430 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1432 static HOST_WIDE_INT *barrier_args_size;
1434 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1436 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1437 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1438 VEC (rtx, heap) **next)
1440 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1443 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1445 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1447 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1448 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), cur_args_size, 0);
1449 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1450 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1452 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1454 for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1455 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1456 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1457 cur_args_size, offset);
1462 rtx expr = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1466 expr = XEXP (expr, 0);
1467 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL
1468 || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1469 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (expr, 0); i++)
1471 rtx elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, i);
1473 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
1474 offset += stack_adjust_offset (elem, cur_args_size, offset);
1479 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1483 cur_args_size += offset;
1484 if (cur_args_size < 0)
1489 rtx dest = JUMP_LABEL (insn);
1493 if (barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] < 0)
1495 barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] = cur_args_size;
1496 VEC_safe_push (rtx, heap, *next, dest);
1501 return cur_args_size;
1504 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1507 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1509 int max_uid = get_max_uid (), i;
1511 VEC (rtx, heap) *worklist, *next, *tmp;
1513 barrier_args_size = XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT, max_uid);
1514 for (i = 0; i < max_uid; i++)
1515 barrier_args_size[i] = -1;
1517 worklist = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1518 next = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1519 insn = get_insns ();
1520 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = 0;
1521 VEC_quick_push (rtx, worklist, insn);
1524 while (!VEC_empty (rtx, worklist))
1526 rtx prev, body, first_insn;
1527 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size;
1529 first_insn = insn = VEC_pop (rtx, worklist);
1530 cur_args_size = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1531 prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
1532 if (prev && BARRIER_P (prev))
1533 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (prev)] = cur_args_size;
1535 for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1537 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn) || NOTE_P (insn))
1539 if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1544 if (insn == first_insn)
1546 else if (barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] < 0)
1548 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = cur_args_size;
1553 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1554 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1559 body = PATTERN (insn);
1560 if (GET_CODE (body) == SEQUENCE)
1562 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size = cur_args_size;
1563 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (body, 0); i++)
1564 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0))
1565 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, i)))
1567 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1568 dest_args_size, &next);
1571 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1572 cur_args_size, &next);
1574 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0)))
1575 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1576 dest_args_size, &next);
1579 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1580 cur_args_size, &next);
1584 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn, cur_args_size, &next);
1588 if (VEC_empty (rtx, next))
1591 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1595 VEC_truncate (rtx, next, 0);
1598 VEC_free (rtx, heap, worklist);
1599 VEC_free (rtx, heap, next);
1602 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1603 pushed onto the stack. */
1606 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1610 if (size == old_args_size)
1613 old_args_size = size;
1616 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
1617 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
1618 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1621 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1624 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, const char *label)
1626 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1627 cfa.offset += offset;
1629 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1630 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1632 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1635 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1639 args_size += offset;
1643 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1644 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1645 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1648 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1649 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1650 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1653 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1655 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1659 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1660 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1661 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1662 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1663 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1666 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1667 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1668 shouldn't change at all. */
1670 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence, 0, 0))
1671 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn))
1674 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1675 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1676 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1678 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1680 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1681 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1682 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1683 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1684 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1685 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1686 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1687 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1692 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1694 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1695 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1698 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1700 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1701 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1702 if (barrier_args_size == NULL && next_nonnote_insn (insn))
1703 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1704 if (barrier_args_size == NULL)
1708 offset = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1713 offset -= args_size;
1714 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1718 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1719 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), args_size, 0);
1720 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1721 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1723 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1725 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1726 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1727 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1736 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1737 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
1740 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1741 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1742 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1744 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save {
1745 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1747 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1751 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1753 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1754 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data {
1759 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1760 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1761 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1762 more efficient data structure. */
1763 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1764 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1766 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1768 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1769 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1772 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1774 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1776 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1777 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1779 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1780 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1785 q = ggc_alloc_queued_reg_save ();
1786 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1787 queued_reg_saves = q;
1791 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1792 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1794 last_reg_save_label = label;
1797 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1800 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1802 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1804 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1807 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1809 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1810 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1812 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1814 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1815 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1817 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1819 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1820 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1823 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1825 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1827 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1828 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1831 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1832 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1835 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1836 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1837 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1838 have a new location for? */
1841 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn)
1843 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1845 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1848 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1850 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1851 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1852 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1859 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1862 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1865 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1867 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1868 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1870 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1872 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1873 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1875 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1876 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1878 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1879 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1880 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1883 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1886 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1888 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1890 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1892 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1893 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1896 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1897 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1898 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1899 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1905 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1906 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1907 value, not an offset. */
1908 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1910 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1913 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1915 memset (&cfa, 0, sizeof (cfa));
1917 switch (GET_CODE (pat))
1920 cfa.reg = REGNO (XEXP (pat, 0));
1921 cfa.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1));
1925 cfa.reg = REGNO (pat);
1930 pat = XEXP (pat, 0);
1931 if (GET_CODE (pat) == PLUS)
1933 cfa.base_offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1));
1934 pat = XEXP (pat, 0);
1936 cfa.reg = REGNO (pat);
1940 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1944 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1947 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1950 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1954 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat) == SET);
1955 dest = XEXP (pat, 0);
1956 src = XEXP (pat, 1);
1958 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1961 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1962 cfa.offset -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1972 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1973 gcc_assert (cfa.indirect == 0);
1975 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1978 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1981 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set, const char *label)
1983 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1984 rtx src, addr, span;
1986 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1987 addr = XEXP (set, 0);
1988 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr));
1989 addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
1991 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1992 switch (GET_CODE (addr))
1995 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr) == cfa.reg);
1996 offset = -cfa.offset;
1999 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0)) == cfa.reg);
2000 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)) - cfa.offset;
2006 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
2008 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
2009 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
2011 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
2014 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
2015 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
2018 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
2020 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
2022 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
2023 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2025 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
2027 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem)),
2028 INVALID_REGNUM, span_offset);
2029 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
2034 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
2037 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set, const char *label)
2040 unsigned sregno, dregno;
2042 src = XEXP (set, 1);
2043 dest = XEXP (set, 0);
2046 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
2048 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src));
2050 dregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest));
2052 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
2053 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
2054 reg_save (label, sregno, dregno, 0);
2057 /* Helper function to get mode of MEM's address. */
2059 static inline enum machine_mode
2060 get_address_mode (rtx mem)
2062 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (mem, 0));
2063 if (mode != VOIDmode)
2065 return targetm.addr_space.address_mode (MEM_ADDR_SPACE (mem));
2068 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_EXPRESSION note. */
2071 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_expression (rtx set, const char *label)
2073 rtx src, dest, span;
2074 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
2076 dest = SET_DEST (set);
2077 src = SET_SRC (set);
2079 gcc_assert (REG_P (src));
2080 gcc_assert (MEM_P (dest));
2082 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
2085 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression;
2086 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src));
2087 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc
2088 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (dest, 0), get_address_mode (dest),
2089 GET_MODE (dest), VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
2091 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, were the interface different,
2092 and, as above, we could manage flushing for epilogues. */
2093 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
2096 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
2099 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg, const char *label)
2101 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
2102 unsigned int regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
2104 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = (regno & ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended : DW_CFA_restore);
2105 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = regno;
2107 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
2110 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
2111 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
2112 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
2113 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
2115 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
2116 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
2117 users need not read the source code.
2119 The High-Level Picture
2121 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
2122 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
2123 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
2124 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
2125 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
2127 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
2128 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
2129 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
2130 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
2131 saves. This also seems to work.
2133 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
2134 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
2135 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
2136 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
2137 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
2138 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
2139 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2140 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2141 value as in the caller.
2143 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2144 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2145 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2146 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2148 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2151 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2153 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2154 consists of a register and an offset.
2155 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2156 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2157 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2158 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2159 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2160 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2161 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2163 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2164 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2165 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2168 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2169 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2170 and cfa_temp.offset.
2172 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2175 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2176 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2177 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2179 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2180 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2181 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2182 register instead of CFA+offset.
2186 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2187 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2190 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2191 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2192 cfa.offset unchanged
2193 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2194 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2197 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2198 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2199 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2200 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2201 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2202 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2205 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2206 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2207 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2210 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2211 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2213 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2214 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2215 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2218 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2219 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2221 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2222 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2225 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2226 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2227 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2230 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2231 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2232 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2235 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2239 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2240 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2241 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2244 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2245 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2246 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2248 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2251 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec,post_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2252 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2253 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2255 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2258 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2261 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2262 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2265 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2266 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2267 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2270 (set (mem (post_inc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2271 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2272 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2273 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2276 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2277 effects: target-dependent
2280 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2281 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2282 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2283 cfa_store.offset = 0
2284 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2287 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2288 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2291 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2292 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2293 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2294 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2297 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2298 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2300 && cfa.indirect == 0
2301 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2302 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2303 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */
2306 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
2308 rtx src, dest, span;
2309 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
2312 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2313 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2314 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2315 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2316 flag is set in them. */
2317 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2320 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
2323 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2324 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2325 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2326 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2327 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2328 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL)
2329 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2331 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2332 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2333 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem))
2334 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2335 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2338 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2340 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2341 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2342 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2343 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2344 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2345 else if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2347 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
2349 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2350 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2351 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = stack_adjust_offset (elem, args_size, 0);
2354 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
2360 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
2362 src = SET_SRC (expr);
2363 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
2367 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
2372 fde = current_fde ();
2374 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
2377 switch (GET_CODE (src))
2379 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2381 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
2384 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2385 relative to the current CFA register.
2387 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2388 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2389 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2390 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2391 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2392 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2393 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2397 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2398 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
2399 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2400 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
2401 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
2403 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2404 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2405 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2406 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2408 && fde->stack_realign
2409 && REGNO (src) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2410 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2411 && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM
2412 && cfa.reg != REGNO (src));
2414 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
2421 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
2425 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
2428 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2431 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
2433 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
2439 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2441 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2442 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2443 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2445 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
2446 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2449 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
2451 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2453 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2454 cfa.offset += offset;
2455 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2456 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2458 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2461 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2462 or adjusting the FP */
2463 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
2465 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2466 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2467 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2468 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2469 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2471 cfa.offset += offset;
2472 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2476 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
2479 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2480 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2481 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2483 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2484 into the FP later on. */
2485 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2486 cfa.offset += offset;
2487 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2488 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2489 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2490 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2494 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2495 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2496 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2498 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2499 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2500 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2501 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
2502 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
2506 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
2507 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2509 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2510 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2519 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2520 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
2525 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2526 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2527 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2529 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
2530 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2531 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2534 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2535 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2542 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
2543 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
2544 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
2549 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2550 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2552 if (fde && XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2554 /* We interpret reg_save differently with stack_realign set.
2555 Thus we must flush whatever we have queued first. */
2556 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2558 gcc_assert (cfa_store.reg == REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)));
2559 fde->stack_realign = 1;
2560 fde->stack_realignment = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2561 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2563 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2564 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2565 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg;
2573 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2578 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2580 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
2585 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2586 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
2588 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
2590 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2591 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2593 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2594 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2595 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2597 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2604 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2605 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
2608 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0))
2609 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2610 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2612 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2614 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2615 reference to represent the address of the stored
2618 && fde->stack_realign
2619 && src == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2621 gcc_assert (cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2622 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2625 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2626 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2628 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == POST_DEC)
2629 offset += -cfa_store.offset;
2631 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2635 /* With an offset. */
2642 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1))
2643 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2644 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
2645 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
2648 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
2650 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2651 offset -= cfa.offset;
2652 else if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2653 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
2656 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2657 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
2663 /* Without an offset. */
2666 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
2668 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2669 offset = -cfa.offset;
2670 else if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2671 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2674 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2675 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2682 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
2683 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2684 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2685 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2693 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2694 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2695 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2699 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2700 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2701 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
2703 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2705 if (cfa.offset == 0)
2708 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2709 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2710 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2711 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2714 && fde->stack_realign
2715 && cfa.indirect == 0
2716 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2718 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp;
2720 gcc_assert (fde->drap_reg == cfa.reg);
2722 cfa_exp.indirect = 1;
2723 cfa_exp.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2724 cfa_exp.base_offset = offset;
2727 fde->drap_reg_saved = 1;
2729 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa_exp);
2733 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2734 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2736 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2737 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
2742 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2743 calculate the CFA. */
2744 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
2748 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
2750 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
2751 cfa.base_offset = offset;
2753 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2758 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2760 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
2763 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
2766 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2767 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2771 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
2773 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
2775 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
2776 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2778 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
2780 queue_reg_save (label, elem, NULL_RTX, span_offset);
2781 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
2792 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2793 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2794 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2796 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2797 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2800 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
2804 bool handled_one = false;
2806 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
2807 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2809 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
2811 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2812 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2813 is still used to save registers. */
2814 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
2815 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
2819 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2820 any_cfis_emitted = false;
2822 for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
2823 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note))
2825 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR:
2826 insn = XEXP (note, 0);
2829 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA:
2830 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note, 0), label);
2834 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA:
2839 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2840 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2842 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n, label);
2846 case REG_CFA_OFFSET:
2849 n = single_set (insn);
2850 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n, label);
2854 case REG_CFA_REGISTER:
2859 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2860 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2862 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n, label);
2866 case REG_CFA_EXPRESSION:
2869 n = single_set (insn);
2870 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_expression (n, label);
2874 case REG_CFA_RESTORE:
2879 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2880 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2883 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n, label);
2887 case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP:
2891 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
2894 gcc_assert (fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM);
2896 fde->vdrap_reg = REGNO (n);
2907 if (any_cfis_emitted)
2908 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2912 insn = PATTERN (insn);
2914 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
2916 /* Check again. A parallel can save and update the same register.
2917 We could probably check just once, here, but this is safer than
2918 removing the check above. */
2919 if (any_cfis_emitted || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
2920 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2923 /* Called once at the start of final to initialize some data for the
2924 current function. */
2926 dwarf2out_frame_debug_init (void)
2930 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2931 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2933 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2936 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
2938 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2941 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
2943 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
2945 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
2946 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
2948 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
2950 if (barrier_args_size)
2952 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size);
2953 barrier_args_size = NULL;
2957 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2958 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2959 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2960 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2963 dwarf2out_cfi_begin_epilogue (rtx insn)
2965 bool saw_frp = false;
2968 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2969 frame related insns. */
2970 for (i = NEXT_INSN (insn); i ; i = NEXT_INSN (i))
2975 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2976 if (returnjump_p (i))
2978 if (CALL_P (i) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i))
2981 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) == SEQUENCE)
2984 rtx seq = PATTERN (i);
2986 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2988 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0))
2989 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2992 for (idx = 0; idx < XVECLEN (seq, 0); idx++)
2993 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, idx)))
2997 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i))
3001 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
3002 save/restore pair. */
3006 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
3007 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
3008 gcc_assert (i != NULL);
3009 i = next_real_insn (i);
3013 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
3014 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
3015 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
3016 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
3019 rtx p = PREV_INSN (i);
3022 if (NOTE_KIND (p) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK)
3026 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE, i);
3028 emit_cfa_remember = true;
3030 /* And emulate the state save. */
3031 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember.in_use);
3033 cfa_remember.in_use = 1;
3036 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_cfi_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore
3040 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
3042 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
3043 const char *label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
3045 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_restore_state;
3046 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
3048 gcc_assert (cfa_remember.in_use);
3050 cfa_remember.in_use = 0;
3053 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
3054 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
3055 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
3057 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
3058 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
3063 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3064 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3065 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
3066 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
3068 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3069 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3070 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3071 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3072 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3073 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
3076 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3077 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3078 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3079 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3080 case DW_CFA_restore:
3081 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3082 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3083 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3084 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3085 case DW_CFA_register:
3086 case DW_CFA_expression:
3087 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
3089 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3090 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3091 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3092 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
3094 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3095 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
3102 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
3103 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
3104 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
3106 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
3107 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
3111 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3112 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3114 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3115 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3116 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
3118 case DW_CFA_register:
3119 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
3121 case DW_CFA_expression:
3122 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
3125 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
3129 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
3130 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
3131 for collect2 the first time around. */
3134 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back)
3138 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
3139 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
3143 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
3149 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
3151 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
3153 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
3155 flags = ((! flag_pic
3156 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3157 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
3158 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3159 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
3160 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3161 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
3162 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
3165 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
3166 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
3168 #endif /* EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME */
3170 if (eh_frame_section)
3171 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
3174 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3175 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3176 switch_to_section (data_section);
3180 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
3181 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3182 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
3183 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3184 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3189 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3193 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back)
3196 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back);
3199 if (!debug_frame_section)
3200 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
3201 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
3202 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
3206 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3209 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
3214 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
3215 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
3216 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
3217 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
3218 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
3219 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset));
3220 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
3222 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3223 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3224 "DW_CFA_offset, column %#lx", r);
3225 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3226 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3228 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
3230 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3231 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3232 "DW_CFA_restore, column %#lx", r);
3236 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
3237 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
3239 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3241 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3243 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3244 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3245 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
3248 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3249 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
3250 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3253 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3254 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3255 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3256 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3259 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3260 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3261 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3262 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3265 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3266 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3267 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3268 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3271 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3272 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3273 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3274 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3277 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3278 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3279 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3280 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3281 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3284 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3285 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3286 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3287 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3290 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3291 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3292 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3293 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3294 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3297 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3298 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3299 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3300 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3301 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3304 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3305 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3306 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3307 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3308 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3309 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3312 case DW_CFA_register:
3313 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3314 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3315 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3316 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3319 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3320 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3321 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3324 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3325 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3326 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3329 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3332 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3333 case DW_CFA_expression:
3334 output_cfa_loc (cfi, for_eh);
3337 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3338 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3347 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3350 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3352 unsigned long r, r2;
3354 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3356 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3357 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3358 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3359 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3360 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3361 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3362 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3363 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3364 going to take care of this for us. */
3368 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3369 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3370 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3371 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3372 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3375 case DW_CFA_restore:
3376 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3377 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3378 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r);
3381 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3382 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3383 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r);
3386 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3387 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3388 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r);
3391 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3392 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3393 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3394 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3395 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3398 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3399 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3400 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r);
3403 case DW_CFA_register:
3404 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3405 r2 = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3406 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r, r2);
3409 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3410 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3411 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3412 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3413 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3416 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3417 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3419 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
3420 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3423 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3424 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size);
3425 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3427 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
3428 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3429 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3432 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3433 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3436 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3437 case DW_CFA_expression:
3438 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", cfi->dw_cfi_opc);
3439 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi);
3440 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3448 /* Output CFIs from VEC, up to index UPTO, to bring current FDE to the
3449 same state as after executing CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is
3450 true if .cfi_* directives shall be emitted, false otherwise. If it
3451 is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the other arguments to pass to
3455 output_cfis (cfi_vec vec, int upto, bool do_cfi_asm,
3456 dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh)
3459 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf;
3461 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size = NULL, cfi_cfa = NULL, cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3462 VEC(dw_cfi_ref, heap) *regs = VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref, heap, 32);
3463 unsigned int len, idx;
3465 for (ix = 0; ix < upto + 1; ix++)
3467 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ix < upto ? VEC_index (dw_cfi_ref, vec, ix) : NULL;
3468 switch (cfi ? cfi->dw_cfi_opc : DW_CFA_nop)
3470 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3471 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3472 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3473 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3474 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3475 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3476 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3478 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3480 dw_cfi_ref args_size = cfi_args_size;
3482 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3483 .cfi_restore_state. */
3488 for (; ix < upto; ix++)
3490 cfi2 = VEC_index (dw_cfi_ref, vec, ix);
3491 if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore_state)
3493 else if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_GNU_args_size)
3496 gcc_assert (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_remember_state);
3499 cfi_args_size = args_size;
3502 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3503 cfi_args_size = cfi;
3505 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3508 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3509 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3510 case DW_CFA_restore:
3511 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3512 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3513 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3514 case DW_CFA_register:
3515 case DW_CFA_val_offset:
3516 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf:
3517 case DW_CFA_expression:
3518 case DW_CFA_val_expression:
3519 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3520 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs)
3521 <= cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num)
3522 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs,
3523 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num + 1);
3524 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num,
3527 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3528 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3529 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3531 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3533 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3536 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3537 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3538 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3541 gcc_assert (cfi == NULL);
3543 len = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs);
3544 for (idx = 0; idx < len; idx++)
3546 cfi2 = VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, idx, NULL);
3548 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore
3549 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore_extended)
3552 output_cfi_directive (cfi2);
3554 output_cfi (cfi2, fde, for_eh);
3557 if (cfi_cfa && cfi_cfa_offset && cfi_cfa_offset != cfi_cfa)
3559 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression);
3561 switch (cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc)
3563 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3564 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
3565 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3567 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3568 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
3569 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3571 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3572 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3573 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc;
3574 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd2;
3581 else if (cfi_cfa_offset)
3582 cfi_cfa = cfi_cfa_offset;
3586 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa);
3588 output_cfi (cfi_cfa, fde, for_eh);
3591 cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3593 && cfi_args_size->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset)
3596 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size);
3598 output_cfi (cfi_args_size, fde, for_eh);
3600 cfi_args_size = NULL;
3603 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs);
3606 else if (do_cfi_asm)
3607 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
3609 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3617 /* Like output_cfis, but emit all CFIs in the vector. */
3619 output_all_cfis (cfi_vec vec, bool do_cfi_asm,
3620 dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh)
3622 output_cfis (vec, VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, vec), do_cfi_asm, fde, for_eh);
3625 /* Output one FDE. */
3628 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second,
3629 char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation,
3630 bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding)
3633 const char *begin, *end;
3634 static unsigned int j;
3635 char l1[20], l2[20];
3638 targetm.asm_out.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh,
3640 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL,
3642 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3643 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3644 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3645 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3646 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3647 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3649 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3652 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
3654 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
3655 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
3657 begin = second ? fde->dw_fde_second_begin : fde->dw_fde_begin;
3658 end = second ? fde->dw_fde_second_end : fde->dw_fde_end;
3662 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin);
3663 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3664 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false,
3665 "FDE initial location");
3666 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
3667 end, begin, "FDE address range");
3671 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location");
3672 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range");
3675 if (augmentation[0])
3677 if (any_lsda_needed)
3679 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
3681 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3683 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3684 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3685 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
3686 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3687 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3690 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
3693 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
3695 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3697 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3698 fde->funcdef_number);
3699 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding,
3700 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
3702 "Language Specific Data Area");
3706 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3707 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3708 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
3709 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3713 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3716 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3718 fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin;
3719 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin == NULL)
3720 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_cfi_ref, fde->dw_fde_cfi, ix, cfi)
3721 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3724 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index > 0)
3725 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_cfi_ref, fde->dw_fde_cfi, ix, cfi)
3727 if (ix == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index)
3729 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3735 int until = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, fde->dw_fde_cfi);
3737 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index > 0)
3739 from = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index;
3740 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, from, false, fde, for_eh);
3742 for (i = from; i < until; i++)
3743 output_cfi (VEC_index (dw_cfi_ref, fde->dw_fde_cfi, i),
3747 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3748 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3749 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3750 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3751 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3753 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3754 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3755 switch *back* into the table section. */
3756 switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl));
3757 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label);
3758 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true);
3761 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3762 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3763 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
3764 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3769 /* Return true if frame description entry FDE is needed for EH. */
3772 fde_needed_for_eh_p (dw_fde_ref fde)
3774 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
3777 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde->decl))
3780 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3783 /* If exceptions are enabled, we have collected nothrow info. */
3784 if (flag_exceptions && (fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls || fde->nothrow))
3790 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3791 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3792 location of saved registers. */
3795 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
3800 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
3801 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
3802 char augmentation[6];
3803 int augmentation_size;
3804 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3805 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3806 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3808 rtx personality = NULL;
3811 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3812 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
3815 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3816 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3819 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit
3820 any EH unwind information. If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to
3821 emit an empty label for an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We
3822 want to avoid having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to
3823 is discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function template
3824 in C++ requires EH information, an explicit specialization doesn't. */
3827 bool any_eh_needed = false;
3829 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3830 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
3831 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
3832 else if (fde_needed_for_eh_p (&fde_table[i]))
3833 any_eh_needed = true;
3834 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO)
3835 targetm.asm_out.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
3842 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3846 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3847 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false);
3849 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
3850 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
3852 /* Output the CIE. */
3853 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
3854 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
3855 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3856 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3857 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3858 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3859 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3860 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3862 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3863 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3864 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
3865 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
3866 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3868 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3869 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3870 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3871 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
3873 if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2)
3875 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version");
3877 augmentation[0] = 0;
3878 augmentation_size = 0;
3880 personality = current_unit_personality;
3886 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3887 augmentation section.
3888 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3889 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3890 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3892 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3893 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3895 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3896 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3897 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3899 p = augmentation + 1;
3903 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
3904 assemble_external_libcall (personality);
3906 if (any_lsda_needed)
3909 augmentation_size += 1;
3911 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3914 augmentation_size += 1;
3916 if (p > augmentation + 1)
3918 augmentation[0] = 'z';
3922 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3923 if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3925 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3927 + 1 /* CIE version */
3928 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3929 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3930 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
3932 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3933 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3934 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3936 augmentation_size += pad;
3938 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3939 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3940 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
3944 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3945 if (dw_cie_version >= 4)
3947 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "CIE Address Size");
3948 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
3950 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3951 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
3952 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3954 if (dw_cie_version == 1)
3955 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3957 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3959 if (augmentation[0])
3961 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
3964 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
3965 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
3966 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
3971 if (any_lsda_needed)
3972 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3973 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
3975 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3976 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3977 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
3980 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_cfi_ref, cie_cfi_vec, i, cfi)
3981 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
3983 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3984 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3985 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
3986 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3988 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3989 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3992 fde = &fde_table[i];
3994 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3995 if (for_eh && !fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde))
3998 for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_second_begin ? 2 : 1); k++)
3999 output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding,
4000 augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding);
4003 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
4004 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
4005 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
4006 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
4007 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
4008 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
4011 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
4016 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
4019 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second)
4023 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
4025 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
4029 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
4032 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
4033 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
4034 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
4035 of the weirder relocation types. */
4036 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
4037 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
4039 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc);
4040 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
4041 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
4044 if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
4048 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
4049 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
4050 current_function_funcdef_no);
4051 ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab);
4052 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
4054 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
4055 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
4057 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc);
4058 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
4059 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
4063 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
4067 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4068 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4070 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4076 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
4078 do_frame = dwarf2out_do_frame ();
4080 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c for
4081 call-site information. We must emit this label if it might be used. */
4083 && (!flag_exceptions
4084 || targetm.except_unwind_info (&global_options) != UI_TARGET))
4087 fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl);
4088 switch_to_section (fnsec);
4089 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
4090 current_function_funcdef_no);
4091 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
4092 current_function_funcdef_no);
4093 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
4094 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
4096 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
4100 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
4101 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
4103 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4104 fde_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node, fde_table, fde_table_allocated);
4105 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
4106 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
4109 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
4110 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
4112 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
4113 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
4114 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
4115 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
4116 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
4117 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
4118 fde->dw_fde_second_begin = NULL;
4119 fde->dw_fde_second_end = NULL;
4120 fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue = NULL;
4121 fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue = NULL;
4122 fde->dw_fde_cfi = VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref, gc, 20);
4123 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index = 0;
4124 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
4125 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
4126 fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda;
4127 fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow;
4128 fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
4129 fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
4130 fde->in_std_section = (fnsec == text_section
4131 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
4132 fde->second_in_std_section = 0;
4134 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
4136 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
4137 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
4138 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4140 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true);
4143 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4144 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
4147 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
4148 if (!current_unit_personality)
4149 current_unit_personality = personality;
4151 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4152 asm, at the point where we emit the CFI data, there is no current
4153 function anymore. */
4154 if (personality && current_unit_personality != personality)
4155 sorry ("multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4156 "supporting .cfi_personality directive");
4160 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code
4161 for a function prologue. This gets called *after* the prologue code has
4165 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4166 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4169 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4171 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4173 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL,
4174 current_function_funcdef_no);
4175 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL,
4176 current_function_funcdef_no);
4177 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
4178 fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue = xstrdup (label);
4181 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code
4182 for a function epilogue. This gets called *before* the prologue code has
4186 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4187 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4190 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4192 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
4193 if (fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue)
4196 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4198 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL,
4199 current_function_funcdef_no);
4200 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL,
4201 current_function_funcdef_no);
4202 fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue = xstrdup (label);
4205 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4206 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4210 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4211 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4214 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4216 last_var_location_insn = NULL_RTX;
4218 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4219 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4221 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4223 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
4224 current_function_funcdef_no);
4225 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
4226 fde = current_fde ();
4227 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
4228 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin == NULL)
4229 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
4233 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4235 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4236 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_fde_node (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
4237 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4238 fde_table_in_use = 0;
4240 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4241 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4243 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4244 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
4246 if (targetm.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
4247 || targetm.except_unwind_info (&global_options) == UI_DWARF2)
4248 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
4252 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4254 /* Output call frame information. */
4255 if (targetm.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2)
4256 output_call_frame_info (0);
4258 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4259 if ((flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions)
4260 && targetm.except_unwind_info (&global_options) == UI_DWARF2)
4261 output_call_frame_info (1);
4264 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4267 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4269 section *sec = current_function_section ();
4270 if (sec == text_section)
4271 text_section_used = true;
4272 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
4273 cold_text_section_used = true;
4276 static void var_location_switch_text_section (void);
4277 static void set_cur_line_info_table (section *);
4280 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4283 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
4285 gcc_assert (cfun && fde && fde->dw_fde_second_begin == NULL);
4287 if (!in_cold_section_p)
4289 fde->dw_fde_end = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
4290 fde->dw_fde_second_begin = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label;
4291 fde->dw_fde_second_end = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
4295 fde->dw_fde_end = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
4296 fde->dw_fde_second_begin = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
4297 fde->dw_fde_second_end = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
4299 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
4301 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4302 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4303 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
4305 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4306 if (cold_text_section != NULL)
4307 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4309 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4310 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4312 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4313 sect = current_function_section ();
4314 switch_to_section (sect);
4316 fde->second_in_std_section
4317 = (sect == text_section
4318 || (cold_text_section && sect == cold_text_section));
4320 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4322 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4323 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4325 output_all_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, true, fde, true);
4327 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, fde->dw_fde_cfi);
4328 var_location_switch_text_section ();
4330 set_cur_line_info_table (sect);
4333 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4334 for emitting location expressions. */
4336 /* Data about a single source file. */
4337 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data {
4338 const char * filename;
4342 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
4343 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
4344 typedef const struct die_struct *const_dw_die_ref;
4345 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
4346 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
4348 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4352 } deferred_locations;
4354 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations);
4355 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations,gc);
4357 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations, gc) *deferred_locations_list;
4359 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref);
4360 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref,heap);
4362 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4363 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4364 implementation are listed below. */
4369 dw_val_class_offset,
4371 dw_val_class_loc_list,
4372 dw_val_class_range_list,
4374 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
4375 dw_val_class_const_double,
4378 dw_val_class_die_ref,
4379 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
4380 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
4381 dw_val_class_lineptr,
4383 dw_val_class_macptr,
4386 dw_val_class_decl_ref,
4387 dw_val_class_vms_delta
4390 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4392 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct {
4393 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
4399 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4400 represented internally. */
4402 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct {
4403 enum dw_val_class val_class;
4404 union dw_val_struct_union
4406 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
4407 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
4408 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
4409 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
4410 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
4411 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
4412 double_int GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double;
4413 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
4414 struct dw_val_die_union
4418 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
4419 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
4420 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
4421 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
4422 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
4423 struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
4424 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8[8];
4425 tree GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_decl_ref"))) val_decl_ref;
4426 struct dw_val_vms_delta_union
4430 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vms_delta"))) val_vms_delta;
4432 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
4436 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4439 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct {
4440 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
4441 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom) dw_loc_opc : 8;
4442 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4443 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4444 unsigned int dtprel : 1;
4446 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
4447 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
4451 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4452 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4453 their entire life. */
4454 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct {
4455 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
4456 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
4457 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
4458 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4459 Only on head of list */
4460 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4461 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
4463 /* True if all addresses in this and subsequent lists are known to be
4466 /* True if this list has been replaced by dw_loc_next. */
4471 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4473 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4476 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
4481 return "DW_OP_addr";
4483 return "DW_OP_deref";
4485 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4487 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4489 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4491 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4493 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4495 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4497 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4499 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4501 return "DW_OP_constu";
4503 return "DW_OP_consts";
4507 return "DW_OP_drop";
4509 return "DW_OP_over";
4511 return "DW_OP_pick";
4513 return "DW_OP_swap";
4517 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4525 return "DW_OP_minus";
4537 return "DW_OP_plus";
4538 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4539 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4545 return "DW_OP_shra";
4563 return "DW_OP_skip";
4565 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4567 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4569 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4571 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4573 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4575 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4577 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4579 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4581 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4583 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4585 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4587 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4589 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4591 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4593 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4595 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4597 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4599 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4601 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4603 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4605 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4607 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4609 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4611 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4613 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4615 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4617 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4619 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4621 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4623 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4625 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4627 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4629 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4631 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4633 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4635 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4637 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4639 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4641 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4643 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4645 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4647 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4649 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4651 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4653 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4655 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4657 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4659 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4661 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4663 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4665 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4667 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4669 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4671 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4673 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4675 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4677 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4679 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4681 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4683 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4685 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4687 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4689 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4691 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4693 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4695 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4697 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4699 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4701 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4703 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4705 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4707 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4709 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4711 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4713 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4715 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4717 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4719 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4721 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4723 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4725 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4727 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4729 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4731 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4733 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4735 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4737 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4739 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4741 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4743 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4745 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4747 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4749 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4751 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4753 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4755 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4757 return "DW_OP_regx";
4759 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4761 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4763 return "DW_OP_piece";
4764 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4765 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4766 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4767 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4771 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
4772 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4774 return "DW_OP_call2";
4776 return "DW_OP_call4";
4777 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4778 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4779 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4780 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4781 case DW_OP_stack_value:
4782 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4783 case DW_OP_form_tls_address:
4784 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4785 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa:
4786 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4787 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
4788 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4790 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
4791 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4792 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit:
4793 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4794 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr:
4795 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4796 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
4797 return "DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer";
4798 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
4799 return "DW_OP_GNU_entry_value";
4800 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
4801 return "DW_OP_GNU_const_type";
4802 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
4803 return "DW_OP_GNU_regval_type";
4804 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
4805 return "DW_OP_GNU_deref_type";
4806 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
4807 return "DW_OP_GNU_convert";
4808 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
4809 return "DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret";
4812 return "OP_<unknown>";
4816 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4817 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4818 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4820 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4821 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
4822 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
4824 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_descr_node ();
4826 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
4827 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4828 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
4829 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4830 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
4835 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4838 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4839 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4842 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + reg),
4845 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
4848 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4851 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
4853 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
4855 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4856 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
4862 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4865 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4867 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4870 gcc_assert (*list_head != NULL);
4875 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4876 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
4880 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg
4881 || (loc->dw_loc_opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && loc->dw_loc_opc <= DW_OP_breg31))
4882 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
4883 else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bregx)
4884 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
4886 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4887 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4889 && ((offset > 0 && *p <= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)
4890 || (offset < 0 && *p >= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)))
4893 else if (offset > 0)
4894 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
4898 loc->dw_loc_next = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
4899 add_loc_descr (&loc->dw_loc_next, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
4903 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4906 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4909 for (d = list_head; d != NULL; d = d->dw_loc_next)
4910 loc_descr_plus_const (&d->expr, offset);
4913 #define DWARF_REF_SIZE \
4914 (dwarf_version == 2 ? DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
4916 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
4917 static unsigned long int get_base_type_offset (dw_die_ref);
4919 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4921 static unsigned long
4922 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4924 unsigned long size = 1;
4926 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4929 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4948 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4951 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4956 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4957 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4995 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4998 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
5001 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
5004 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
5005 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
5008 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
5010 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
5011 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
5012 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned);
5014 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5015 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5024 case DW_OP_call_ref:
5025 size += DWARF_REF_SIZE;
5027 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
5028 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
5029 + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
5031 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
5032 size += DWARF_REF_SIZE + size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
5034 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
5036 unsigned long op_size = size_of_locs (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc);
5037 size += size_of_uleb128 (op_size) + op_size;
5040 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
5043 = get_base_type_offset (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die);
5044 size += size_of_uleb128 (o) + 1;
5045 switch (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class)
5047 case dw_val_class_vec:
5048 size += loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length
5049 * loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size;
5051 case dw_val_class_const:
5052 size += HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / BITS_PER_UNIT;
5054 case dw_val_class_const_double:
5055 size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / BITS_PER_UNIT;
5062 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
5065 = get_base_type_offset (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die);
5066 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
5067 + size_of_uleb128 (o);
5070 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
5073 = get_base_type_offset (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die);
5074 size += 1 + size_of_uleb128 (o);
5077 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
5078 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
5081 = get_base_type_offset (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die);
5082 size += size_of_uleb128 (o);
5091 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
5093 static unsigned long
5094 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5099 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
5100 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
5101 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
5103 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
5105 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
5110 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
5112 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
5113 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
5119 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
5120 static void get_ref_die_offset_label (char *, dw_die_ref);
5121 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref, int);
5123 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5124 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
5125 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
5126 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
5127 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
5128 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
5131 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, int for_eh_or_skip)
5133 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
5134 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
5136 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
5138 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5141 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5146 gcc_assert (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel);
5147 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file, 4,
5149 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5154 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5159 gcc_assert (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel);
5160 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file, 8,
5162 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5167 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
5168 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5175 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
5176 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
5178 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
5181 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
5182 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5183 switch (val2->val_class)
5185 case dw_val_class_const:
5186 dw2_asm_output_data (val1->v.val_unsigned, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
5188 case dw_val_class_vec:
5190 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
5191 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
5195 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
5200 for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
5203 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
5204 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
5207 case dw_val_class_const_double:
5209 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
5211 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
5213 first = val2->v.val_double.high;
5214 second = val2->v.val_double.low;
5218 first = val2->v.val_double.low;
5219 second = val2->v.val_double.high;
5221 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
5223 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
5227 case dw_val_class_addr:
5228 gcc_assert (val1->v.val_unsigned == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
5229 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val2->v.val_addr, NULL);
5244 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
5245 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
5246 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
5247 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
5248 only doing unwinding. */
5253 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5256 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5259 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5262 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5264 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5265 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5299 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5303 unsigned r = val1->v.val_unsigned;
5304 if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0)
5305 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip);
5306 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r)
5307 == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned));
5308 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
5312 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5316 unsigned r = val1->v.val_unsigned;
5317 if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0)
5318 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip);
5319 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r)
5320 == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned));
5321 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
5322 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
5326 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5328 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
5329 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5330 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val2->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5332 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5333 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5334 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5340 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
5342 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
5345 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5352 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5353 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
5360 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
5362 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
5363 + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / 2 + 2];
5364 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5365 get_ref_die_offset_label (label, val1->v.val_die_ref.die);
5366 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_REF_SIZE, label, debug_info_section, NULL);
5367 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
5371 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
5372 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size_of_locs (val1->v.val_loc), NULL);
5373 output_loc_sequence (val1->v.val_loc, for_eh_or_skip);
5376 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
5378 unsigned long o = get_base_type_offset (val1->v.val_die_ref.die), l;
5380 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o, NULL);
5381 switch (val2->val_class)
5383 case dw_val_class_const:
5384 l = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
5385 dw2_asm_output_data (1, l, NULL);
5386 dw2_asm_output_data (l, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
5388 case dw_val_class_vec:
5390 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
5391 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
5396 dw2_asm_output_data (1, l, NULL);
5397 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
5402 for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
5405 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
5406 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
5409 case dw_val_class_const_double:
5411 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
5412 l = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
5414 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2 * l, NULL);
5415 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
5417 first = val2->v.val_double.high;
5418 second = val2->v.val_double.low;
5422 first = val2->v.val_double.low;
5423 second = val2->v.val_double.high;
5425 dw2_asm_output_data (l, first, NULL);
5426 dw2_asm_output_data (l, second, NULL);
5434 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
5436 unsigned r = val1->v.val_unsigned;
5437 unsigned long o = get_base_type_offset (val2->v.val_die_ref.die);
5439 if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0)
5441 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip);
5442 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r)
5443 == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned));
5445 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
5446 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o, NULL);
5449 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
5451 unsigned long o = get_base_type_offset (val2->v.val_die_ref.die);
5453 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5454 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o, NULL);
5457 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
5458 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
5460 unsigned long o = get_base_type_offset (val1->v.val_die_ref.die);
5462 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o, NULL);
5467 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5472 /* Output a sequence of location operations.
5473 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
5474 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
5475 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
5476 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
5477 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
5480 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, int for_eh_or_skip)
5482 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5484 enum dwarf_location_atom opc = loc->dw_loc_opc;
5485 /* Output the opcode. */
5486 if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0
5487 && opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && opc <= DW_OP_breg31)
5489 unsigned r = (opc - DW_OP_breg0);
5490 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip);
5491 gcc_assert (r <= 31);
5492 opc = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + r);
5494 else if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0
5495 && opc >= DW_OP_reg0 && opc <= DW_OP_reg31)
5497 unsigned r = (opc - DW_OP_reg0);
5498 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip);
5499 gcc_assert (r <= 31);
5500 opc = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + r);
5503 dw2_asm_output_data (1, opc,
5504 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (opc));
5506 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5507 output_loc_operands (loc, for_eh_or_skip);
5511 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5512 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5515 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5517 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
5518 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
5520 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
5523 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
5524 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5530 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5531 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5532 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5533 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1->v.val_int);
5538 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5539 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1->v.val_int);
5544 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5545 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1->v.val_int);
5550 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
5551 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5552 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1->v.val_int);
5560 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
5561 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
5563 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5564 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset);
5570 unsigned r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1->v.val_unsigned, 1);
5571 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r)
5572 == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned));
5573 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5574 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r);
5579 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5581 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5582 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5585 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
5586 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5587 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5588 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val2->v.val_unsigned);
5625 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5626 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1->v.val_int);
5631 unsigned r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1->v.val_unsigned, 1);
5632 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r)
5633 == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned));
5634 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5635 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r);
5636 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5637 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2->v.val_int);
5641 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
5642 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
5643 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
5644 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
5645 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
5646 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
5647 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
5652 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5658 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5662 enum dwarf_location_atom opc = loc->dw_loc_opc;
5663 /* Output the opcode. */
5664 if (opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && opc <= DW_OP_breg31)
5666 unsigned r = (opc - DW_OP_breg0);
5667 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, 1);
5668 gcc_assert (r <= 31);
5669 opc = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + r);
5671 else if (opc >= DW_OP_reg0 && opc <= DW_OP_reg31)
5673 unsigned r = (opc - DW_OP_reg0);
5674 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, 1);
5675 gcc_assert (r <= 31);
5676 opc = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + r);
5678 /* Output the opcode. */
5679 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x", opc);
5680 output_loc_operands_raw (loc);
5682 if (!loc->dw_loc_next)
5684 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
5686 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5690 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5691 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5694 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi, int for_eh)
5696 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5699 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5702 DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
5703 dw2_asm_output_data (1, r, NULL);
5704 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5707 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5709 /* Output the size of the block. */
5710 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5711 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
5713 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5714 output_loc_sequence (loc, for_eh);
5717 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5720 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5722 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5725 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5728 DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
5729 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x,", r);
5730 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5733 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5735 /* Output the size of the block. */
5736 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5737 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size);
5738 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5740 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5741 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc);
5744 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5745 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5748 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5749 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5751 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
5753 offset += cfa->offset;
5757 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
5758 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
5759 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
5760 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5763 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
5764 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5768 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, offset);
5773 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5774 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5777 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5778 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment)
5780 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head;
5781 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5782 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
5784 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5785 if (cfa.reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa.indirect == 0)
5787 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, 0);
5788 add_loc_descr (&head, int_loc_descriptor (alignment));
5789 add_loc_descr (&head, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
5790 loc_descr_plus_const (&head, offset);
5793 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, offset);
5797 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5798 descriptor sequence. */
5801 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
5803 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
5805 cfa->base_offset = 0;
5809 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
5811 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
5847 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
5850 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5884 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
5885 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5888 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5889 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
5894 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5895 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
5898 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5899 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
5904 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5906 /* .debug_str support. */
5907 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5909 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5910 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5911 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5912 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5913 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5914 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5915 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5916 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree);
5917 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5918 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5919 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree);
5920 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
5921 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
5922 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree, tree, bool);
5923 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree, tree, tree,
5925 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
5926 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
5927 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
5928 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree, tree);
5930 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5932 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
5936 dwarf2out_assembly_start,
5939 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
5940 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
5941 dwarf2out_begin_block,
5942 dwarf2out_end_block,
5943 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
5944 dwarf2out_source_line,
5945 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
5946 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
5947 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue,
5948 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue,
5950 debug_nothing_int_charstar,
5951 debug_nothing_int_charstar,
5953 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
5954 dwarf2out_begin_function,
5955 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
5956 dwarf2out_function_decl, /* function_decl */
5957 dwarf2out_global_decl,
5958 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
5959 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
5960 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
5961 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5962 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5963 something tries to reference them. */
5964 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
5965 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
5966 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
5967 dwarf2out_var_location,
5968 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
5970 1, /* start_end_main_source_file */
5971 TYPE_SYMTAB_IS_DIE /* tree_type_symtab_field */
5974 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5975 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5976 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5978 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5979 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5980 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5981 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5983 /* Whether to put type DIEs into their own section .debug_types instead
5984 of making them part of the .debug_info section. Only supported for
5985 Dwarf V4 or higher and the user didn't disable them through
5986 -fno-debug-types-section. It is more efficient to put them in a
5987 separate comdat sections since the linker will then be able to
5988 remove duplicates. But not all tools support .debug_types sections
5991 #define use_debug_types (dwarf_version >= 4 && flag_debug_types_section)
5993 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5994 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5996 typedef long int dw_offset;
5998 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
6000 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
6001 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
6002 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
6003 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
6004 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
6005 typedef struct comdat_type_struct *comdat_type_node_ref;
6007 /* The entries in the line_info table more-or-less mirror the opcodes
6008 that are used in the real dwarf line table. Arrays of these entries
6009 are collected per section when DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO is not
6012 enum dw_line_info_opcode {
6013 /* Emit DW_LNE_set_address; the operand is the label index. */
6016 /* Emit a row to the matrix with the given line. This may be done
6017 via any combination of DW_LNS_copy, DW_LNS_advance_line, and
6021 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_file. */
6024 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_column. */
6027 /* Emit a DW_LNS_negate_stmt; the operand is ignored. */
6030 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_prologue_end/epilogue_begin; the operand is ignored. */
6031 LI_set_prologue_end,
6032 LI_set_epilogue_begin,
6034 /* Emit a DW_LNE_set_discriminator. */
6035 LI_set_discriminator
6038 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct {
6039 enum dw_line_info_opcode opcode;
6041 } dw_line_info_entry;
6043 DEF_VEC_O(dw_line_info_entry);
6044 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_line_info_entry, gc);
6046 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_table_struct {
6047 /* The label that marks the end of this section. */
6048 const char *end_label;
6050 /* The values for the last row of the matrix, as collected in the table.
6051 These are used to minimize the changes to the next row. */
6052 unsigned int file_num;
6053 unsigned int line_num;
6054 unsigned int column_num;
6059 VEC(dw_line_info_entry, gc) *entries;
6060 } dw_line_info_table;
6062 typedef dw_line_info_table *dw_line_info_table_p;
6064 DEF_VEC_P(dw_line_info_table_p);
6065 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_line_info_table_p, gc);
6067 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
6068 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
6069 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
6071 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct {
6072 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
6073 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
6077 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
6078 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
6080 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
6081 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
6082 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
6084 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct {
6085 union die_symbol_or_type_node
6087 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol;
6088 comdat_type_node_ref GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node;
6090 GTY ((desc ("use_debug_types"))) die_id;
6091 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
6092 dw_die_ref die_parent;
6093 dw_die_ref die_child;
6095 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
6096 dw_offset die_offset;
6097 unsigned long die_abbrev;
6099 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
6100 int die_perennial_p;
6101 unsigned int decl_id;
6102 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
6106 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
6107 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
6108 c = die->die_child; \
6112 } while (c != die->die_child); \
6115 /* The pubname structure */
6117 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct {
6123 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
6124 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
6126 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct {
6127 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
6128 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
6132 /* A structure to hold a macinfo entry. */
6134 typedef struct GTY(()) macinfo_struct {
6135 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT code;
6136 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT lineno;
6141 DEF_VEC_O(macinfo_entry);
6142 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(macinfo_entry, gc);
6144 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct {
6149 /* The comdat type node structure. */
6150 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
6152 dw_die_ref root_die;
6153 dw_die_ref type_die;
6154 char signature[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE];
6155 struct comdat_type_struct *next;
6159 /* The limbo die list structure. */
6160 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct {
6163 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
6167 typedef struct skeleton_chain_struct
6171 struct skeleton_chain_struct *parent;
6173 skeleton_chain_node;
6175 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
6176 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
6177 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
6180 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
6181 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
6183 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
6184 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
6185 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
6186 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
6187 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
6188 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
6190 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
6191 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
6192 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
6193 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
6194 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
6195 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
6196 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
6197 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
6198 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
6199 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
6201 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
6202 language, and compiler version. */
6204 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
6205 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
6206 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
6208 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
6209 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
6210 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
6211 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
6213 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
6214 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
6216 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
6217 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
6218 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
6219 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
6220 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
6222 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
6223 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
6224 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
6225 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
6226 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
6227 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
6229 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
6230 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
6231 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
6232 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
6234 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
6238 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
6239 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
6240 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
6242 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
6243 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE ((int)DW_LNS_set_isa + 1)
6245 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
6246 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
6248 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
6249 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
6250 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
6251 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
6252 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
6254 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
6255 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
6256 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
6259 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
6260 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
6261 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
6263 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
6264 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref single_comp_unit_die;
6266 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
6267 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node *comdat_type_list;
6269 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
6270 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
6272 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
6273 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
6274 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *deferred_asm_name;
6276 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
6277 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
6279 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
6280 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
6281 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
6283 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
6284 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
6285 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t common_block_die_table;
6287 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct {
6292 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry);
6293 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry,gc);
6295 /* Node of the variable location list. */
6296 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node {
6297 /* Either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION, or, for SRA optimized variables,
6298 EXPR_LIST chain. For small bitsizes, bitsize is encoded
6299 in mode of the EXPR_LIST node and first EXPR_LIST operand
6300 is either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION for a piece with a known
6301 location or NULL for padding. For larger bitsizes,
6302 mode is 0 and first operand is a CONCAT with bitsize
6303 as first CONCAT operand and NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION resp.
6304 NULL as second operand. */
6306 const char * GTY (()) label;
6307 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
6310 /* Variable location list. */
6311 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def {
6312 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
6314 /* Pointer to the last but one or last element of the
6315 chained list. If the list is empty, both first and
6316 last are NULL, if the list contains just one node
6317 or the last node certainly is not redundant, it points
6318 to the last node, otherwise points to the last but one.
6319 Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */
6320 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
6322 /* Pointer to the last element before section switch,
6323 if NULL, either sections weren't switched or first
6324 is after section switch. */
6325 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last_before_switch;
6327 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
6328 unsigned int decl_id;
6330 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
6332 /* Call argument location list. */
6333 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) call_arg_loc_node {
6334 rtx GTY (()) call_arg_loc_note;
6335 const char * GTY (()) label;
6336 tree GTY (()) block;
6338 rtx GTY (()) symbol_ref;
6339 struct call_arg_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
6343 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
6344 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
6346 /* Head and tail of call_arg_loc chain. */
6347 static GTY (()) struct call_arg_loc_node *call_arg_locations;
6348 static struct call_arg_loc_node *call_arg_loc_last;
6350 /* Number of call sites in the current function. */
6351 static int call_site_count = -1;
6352 /* Number of tail call sites in the current function. */
6353 static int tail_call_site_count = -1;
6355 /* Vector mapping block numbers to DW_TAG_{lexical_block,inlined_subroutine}
6357 static VEC (dw_die_ref, heap) *block_map;
6359 /* A cached location list. */
6360 struct GTY (()) cached_dw_loc_list_def {
6361 /* The DECL_UID of the decl that this entry describes. */
6362 unsigned int decl_id;
6364 /* The cached location list. */
6365 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list;
6367 typedef struct cached_dw_loc_list_def cached_dw_loc_list;
6369 /* Table of cached location lists. */
6370 static GTY ((param_is (cached_dw_loc_list))) htab_t cached_dw_loc_list_table;
6372 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
6373 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
6374 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
6375 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
6376 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
6378 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
6379 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
6381 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
6382 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6384 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
6385 abbrev_die_table. */
6386 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
6388 /* A global counter for generating labels for line number data. */
6389 static unsigned int line_info_label_num;
6391 /* The current table to which we should emit line number information
6392 for the current function. This will be set up at the beginning of
6393 assembly for the function. */
6394 static dw_line_info_table *cur_line_info_table;
6396 /* The two default tables of line number info. */
6397 static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table *text_section_line_info;
6398 static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table *cold_text_section_line_info;
6400 /* The set of all non-default tables of line number info. */
6401 static GTY(()) VEC (dw_line_info_table_p, gc) *separate_line_info;
6403 /* A flag to tell pubnames/types export if there is an info section to
6405 static bool info_section_emitted;
6407 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
6408 accessible names. */
6409 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table;
6411 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
6412 accessible types. */
6413 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
6415 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of macro
6416 defines/undefines (and file start/end markers). */
6417 static GTY (()) VEC (macinfo_entry, gc) * macinfo_table;
6419 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
6420 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
6422 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
6423 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
6425 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
6426 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
6428 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
6429 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
6430 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label;
6432 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
6433 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated;
6435 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
6436 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use;
6438 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
6440 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
6442 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
6443 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
6445 /* Unique label counter. */
6446 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
6448 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
6449 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num;
6451 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
6452 static int current_function_has_inlines;
6454 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
6455 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
6457 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
6458 static GTY(()) int label_num;
6460 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
6461 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
6463 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry,gc) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table;
6465 /* Instances of generic types for which we need to generate debug
6466 info that describe their generic parameters and arguments. That
6467 generation needs to happen once all types are properly laid out so
6468 we do it at the end of compilation. */
6469 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *generic_type_instances;
6471 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
6472 within the current function. */
6473 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
6475 static VEC (dw_die_ref, heap) *base_types;
6477 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
6479 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx);
6480 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
6481 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree);
6482 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
6483 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
6484 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
6485 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree);
6486 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
6487 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
6488 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
6489 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
6490 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
6491 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
6492 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
6493 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6494 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
6495 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6496 HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6497 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
6498 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
6499 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned char *);
6500 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
6501 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
6502 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
6503 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
6504 static enum dwarf_form AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
6505 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
6506 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6507 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
6508 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
6509 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
6510 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
6511 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
6512 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
6513 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6515 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
6516 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
6517 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
6518 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
6519 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
6520 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
6521 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6522 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6523 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6525 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
6526 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6527 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
6528 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
6529 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6530 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6531 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6532 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6533 static bool is_cxx (void);
6534 static bool is_fortran (void);
6535 static bool is_ada (void);
6536 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6537 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
6538 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6539 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
6540 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
6541 static dw_die_ref strip_naming_typedef (tree, dw_die_ref);
6542 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree);
6543 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6544 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
6545 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6546 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
6547 static hashval_t common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
6548 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6549 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
6550 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6551 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (const_tree);
6552 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6553 static struct var_loc_node *add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, rtx, const char *);
6554 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
6555 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
6556 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6557 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
6558 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6559 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6560 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6561 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
6562 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
6563 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6564 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag, dw_attr_ref,
6565 struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6566 struct checksum_attributes;
6567 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *, dw_die_ref);
6568 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6569 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6570 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref, comdat_type_node *);
6571 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
6572 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *, const dw_val_node *, int *);
6573 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
6574 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
6575 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6576 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
6577 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
6578 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
6579 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
6580 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
6581 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
6582 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref);
6583 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref);
6584 static dw_die_ref clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref);
6585 static dw_die_ref clone_die (dw_die_ref);
6586 static dw_die_ref clone_tree (dw_die_ref);
6587 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6588 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *);
6589 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *);
6590 static dw_die_ref generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref);
6591 static dw_die_ref remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref,
6593 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref);
6594 static dw_die_ref copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6595 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6596 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref);
6598 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6599 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6600 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6601 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
6602 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
6603 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
6604 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
6605 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
6606 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6607 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
6608 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
6609 static void calc_base_type_die_sizes (void);
6610 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6611 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6612 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
6613 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6614 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6615 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6616 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6617 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6618 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
6619 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
6620 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6621 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
6622 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *);
6623 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
6624 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
6625 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref);
6626 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
6627 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6628 static void output_aranges (unsigned long);
6629 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6630 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree);
6631 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref, const char *, const char *,
6633 static void output_ranges (void);
6634 static dw_line_info_table *new_line_info_table (void);
6635 static void output_line_info (void);
6636 static void output_file_names (void);
6637 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
6638 static int is_base_type (tree);
6639 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6640 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6641 static dw_die_ref generic_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6642 static dw_die_ref template_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6643 static int type_is_enum (const_tree);
6644 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx);
6645 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
6646 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
6647 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6648 enum var_init_status);
6649 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6650 enum var_init_status);
6651 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
6652 enum var_init_status);
6653 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx);
6654 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx *, void *);
6655 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6656 enum var_init_status);
6657 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6658 enum var_init_status);
6659 static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_from_tree (tree, int);
6660 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
6661 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
6662 static tree field_type (const_tree);
6663 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6664 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6665 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree);
6666 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree);
6667 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6669 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6670 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
6671 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6672 static void insert_double (double_int, unsigned char *);
6673 static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *);
6674 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
6675 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, bool,
6676 enum dwarf_attribute);
6677 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6678 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref, tree);
6679 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
6680 static void add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, dw_die_ref);
6681 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
6682 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
6683 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree, bool);
6684 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6685 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6686 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6687 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6688 static dw_die_ref add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6689 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6690 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6691 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6692 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
6693 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6694 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
6695 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6696 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6697 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6698 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6699 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6700 static const char *type_tag (const_tree);
6701 static tree member_declared_type (const_tree);
6703 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
6705 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6706 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree, struct array_descr_info *, dw_die_ref);
6708 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6710 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6711 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6712 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref, tree*);
6713 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6714 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6715 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6716 static void gen_variable_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6717 static void gen_const_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6718 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6719 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6720 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6721 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6722 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6723 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6724 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6725 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6726 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
6727 enum debug_info_usage);
6728 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6729 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6730 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6731 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6732 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6733 static inline int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree);
6734 static bool is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree);
6735 static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree);
6736 static void gen_namespace_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6737 static dw_die_ref gen_decl_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6738 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
6739 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
6740 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
6741 static dw_die_ref declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
6742 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
6743 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6744 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6745 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree);
6746 static void gen_tagged_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref, enum debug_info_usage);
6747 static void gen_type_die_with_usage (tree, dw_die_ref, enum debug_info_usage);
6748 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6749 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6750 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
6751 const char *, const char *);
6752 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
6753 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6755 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6756 static void prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref);
6757 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
6758 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
6759 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
6760 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
6761 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6762 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
6763 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref);
6764 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref);
6765 static inline void add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6766 const char *, const char *);
6767 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref, tree);
6768 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6769 static bool generic_type_p (tree);
6770 static void schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t);
6771 static void gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void);
6773 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6774 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6775 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6777 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6778 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6780 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6781 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6783 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6784 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6786 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6787 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6789 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6790 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6792 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6793 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6795 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6796 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6798 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6799 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6801 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6802 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6805 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6806 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6807 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6810 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6811 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6812 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6813 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6816 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6817 the section names themselves. */
6819 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6820 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6822 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6823 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6825 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6826 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6828 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6829 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6831 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6832 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6834 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6835 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6837 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6838 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6840 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6841 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6845 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6846 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6847 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6848 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6849 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6851 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6852 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6853 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6854 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6855 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6856 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6857 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6858 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6859 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6860 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6862 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6863 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6865 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6866 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6868 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6869 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6871 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6872 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6874 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6875 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6879 /* Return the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
6881 comp_unit_die (void)
6883 if (!single_comp_unit_die)
6884 single_comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
6885 return single_comp_unit_die;
6888 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6889 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6891 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
6894 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
6896 demangle_name_func = func;
6899 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6902 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl)
6904 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6905 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
6906 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
6909 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6913 type_main_variant (tree type)
6915 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6917 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6918 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6919 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6920 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6922 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
6923 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
6924 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6929 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6932 is_tagged_type (const_tree type)
6934 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
6936 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
6937 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
6940 /* Set label to debug_info_section_label + die_offset of a DIE reference. */
6943 get_ref_die_offset_label (char *label, dw_die_ref ref)
6945 sprintf (label, "%s+%ld", debug_info_section_label, ref->die_offset);
6948 /* Return die_offset of a DIE reference to a base type. */
6950 static unsigned long int
6951 get_base_type_offset (dw_die_ref ref)
6953 if (ref->die_offset)
6954 return ref->die_offset;
6955 if (comp_unit_die ()->die_abbrev)
6957 calc_base_type_die_sizes ();
6958 gcc_assert (ref->die_offset);
6960 return ref->die_offset;
6963 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6966 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
6970 case DW_TAG_padding:
6971 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6972 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6973 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6974 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6975 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6976 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
6977 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6978 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6979 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6980 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
6981 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6982 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
6983 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6985 return "DW_TAG_label";
6986 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
6987 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6989 return "DW_TAG_member";
6990 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6991 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6992 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6993 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6994 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
6995 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6996 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6997 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6998 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6999 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
7000 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
7001 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
7002 case DW_TAG_typedef:
7003 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
7004 case DW_TAG_union_type:
7005 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
7006 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
7007 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
7008 case DW_TAG_variant:
7009 return "DW_TAG_variant";
7010 case DW_TAG_common_block:
7011 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
7012 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
7013 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
7014 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
7015 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
7016 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
7017 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
7019 return "DW_TAG_module";
7020 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
7021 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
7022 case DW_TAG_set_type:
7023 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
7024 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
7025 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
7026 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
7027 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
7028 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
7029 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
7030 case DW_TAG_base_type:
7031 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
7032 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
7033 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
7034 case DW_TAG_const_type:
7035 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
7036 case DW_TAG_constant:
7037 return "DW_TAG_constant";
7038 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
7039 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
7040 case DW_TAG_file_type:
7041 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
7043 return "DW_TAG_friend";
7044 case DW_TAG_namelist:
7045 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
7046 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
7047 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
7048 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
7049 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
7050 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
7051 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
7052 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
7053 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
7054 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
7055 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
7056 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
7057 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
7058 case DW_TAG_try_block:
7059 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
7060 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
7061 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
7062 case DW_TAG_variable:
7063 return "DW_TAG_variable";
7064 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
7065 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
7066 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure:
7067 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
7068 case DW_TAG_restrict_type:
7069 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
7070 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
7071 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
7072 case DW_TAG_namespace:
7073 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
7074 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
7075 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
7076 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type:
7077 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
7078 case DW_TAG_partial_unit:
7079 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
7080 case DW_TAG_imported_unit:
7081 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
7082 case DW_TAG_condition:
7083 return "DW_TAG_condition";
7084 case DW_TAG_shared_type:
7085 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
7086 case DW_TAG_type_unit:
7087 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
7088 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
7089 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
7090 case DW_TAG_template_alias:
7091 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
7092 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack:
7093 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
7094 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack:
7095 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
7096 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
7097 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
7098 case DW_TAG_format_label:
7099 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
7100 case DW_TAG_function_template:
7101 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
7102 case DW_TAG_class_template:
7103 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
7104 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
7105 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
7106 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
7107 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
7108 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param:
7109 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
7110 case DW_TAG_GNU_call_site:
7111 return "DW_TAG_GNU_call_site";
7112 case DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter:
7113 return "DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter";
7115 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
7119 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
7122 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
7127 return "DW_AT_sibling";
7128 case DW_AT_location:
7129 return "DW_AT_location";
7131 return "DW_AT_name";
7132 case DW_AT_ordering:
7133 return "DW_AT_ordering";
7134 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
7135 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
7136 case DW_AT_byte_size:
7137 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
7138 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
7139 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
7140 case DW_AT_bit_size:
7141 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
7142 case DW_AT_element_list:
7143 return "DW_AT_element_list";
7144 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
7145 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
7147 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
7149 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
7150 case DW_AT_language:
7151 return "DW_AT_language";
7153 return "DW_AT_member";
7155 return "DW_AT_discr";
7156 case DW_AT_discr_value:
7157 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
7158 case DW_AT_visibility:
7159 return "DW_AT_visibility";
7161 return "DW_AT_import";
7162 case DW_AT_string_length:
7163 return "DW_AT_string_length";
7164 case DW_AT_common_reference:
7165 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
7166 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
7167 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
7168 case DW_AT_const_value:
7169 return "DW_AT_const_value";
7170 case DW_AT_containing_type:
7171 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
7172 case DW_AT_default_value:
7173 return "DW_AT_default_value";
7175 return "DW_AT_inline";
7176 case DW_AT_is_optional:
7177 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
7178 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
7179 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
7180 case DW_AT_producer:
7181 return "DW_AT_producer";
7182 case DW_AT_prototyped:
7183 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
7184 case DW_AT_return_addr:
7185 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
7186 case DW_AT_start_scope:
7187 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
7188 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
7189 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
7190 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
7191 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
7192 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
7193 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
7194 case DW_AT_accessibility:
7195 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
7196 case DW_AT_address_class:
7197 return "DW_AT_address_class";
7198 case DW_AT_artificial:
7199 return "DW_AT_artificial";
7200 case DW_AT_base_types:
7201 return "DW_AT_base_types";
7202 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
7203 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
7205 return "DW_AT_count";
7206 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
7207 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
7208 case DW_AT_decl_column:
7209 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
7210 case DW_AT_decl_file:
7211 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
7212 case DW_AT_decl_line:
7213 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
7214 case DW_AT_declaration:
7215 return "DW_AT_declaration";
7216 case DW_AT_discr_list:
7217 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
7218 case DW_AT_encoding:
7219 return "DW_AT_encoding";
7220 case DW_AT_external:
7221 return "DW_AT_external";
7222 case DW_AT_explicit:
7223 return "DW_AT_explicit";
7224 case DW_AT_frame_base:
7225 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
7227 return "DW_AT_friend";
7228 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
7229 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
7230 case DW_AT_macro_info:
7231 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
7232 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
7233 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
7234 case DW_AT_priority:
7235 return "DW_AT_priority";
7237 return "DW_AT_segment";
7238 case DW_AT_specification:
7239 return "DW_AT_specification";
7240 case DW_AT_static_link:
7241 return "DW_AT_static_link";
7243 return "DW_AT_type";
7244 case DW_AT_use_location:
7245 return "DW_AT_use_location";
7246 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
7247 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
7248 case DW_AT_virtuality:
7249 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
7250 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
7251 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
7253 case DW_AT_allocated:
7254 return "DW_AT_allocated";
7255 case DW_AT_associated:
7256 return "DW_AT_associated";
7257 case DW_AT_data_location:
7258 return "DW_AT_data_location";
7259 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
7260 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
7261 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
7262 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
7263 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
7264 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
7265 case DW_AT_extension:
7266 return "DW_AT_extension";
7268 return "DW_AT_ranges";
7269 case DW_AT_trampoline:
7270 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
7271 case DW_AT_call_column:
7272 return "DW_AT_call_column";
7273 case DW_AT_call_file:
7274 return "DW_AT_call_file";
7275 case DW_AT_call_line:
7276 return "DW_AT_call_line";
7277 case DW_AT_object_pointer:
7278 return "DW_AT_object_pointer";
7280 case DW_AT_signature:
7281 return "DW_AT_signature";
7282 case DW_AT_main_subprogram:
7283 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
7284 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset:
7285 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
7286 case DW_AT_const_expr:
7287 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
7288 case DW_AT_enum_class:
7289 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
7290 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
7291 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
7293 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
7294 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
7295 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
7296 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
7297 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
7298 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
7299 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
7300 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
7301 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7302 case DW_AT_HP_prologue:
7303 return "DW_AT_HP_prologue";
7305 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
7306 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
7308 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
7309 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
7310 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
7311 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
7312 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7313 case DW_AT_HP_epilogue:
7314 return "DW_AT_HP_epilogue";
7316 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
7317 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
7319 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
7320 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
7321 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
7322 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
7323 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
7324 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
7326 case DW_AT_sf_names:
7327 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
7328 case DW_AT_src_info:
7329 return "DW_AT_src_info";
7330 case DW_AT_mac_info:
7331 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
7332 case DW_AT_src_coords:
7333 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
7334 case DW_AT_body_begin:
7335 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
7336 case DW_AT_body_end:
7337 return "DW_AT_body_end";
7339 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
7340 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
7341 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by:
7342 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
7343 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by:
7344 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
7345 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded:
7346 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
7347 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded:
7348 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
7349 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded:
7350 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
7351 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required:
7352 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
7353 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required:
7354 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
7355 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature:
7356 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
7357 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name:
7358 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
7359 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value:
7360 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value";
7361 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value:
7362 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value";
7363 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target:
7364 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target";
7365 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered:
7366 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered";
7367 case DW_AT_GNU_tail_call:
7368 return "DW_AT_GNU_tail_call";
7369 case DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites:
7370 return "DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites";
7371 case DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites:
7372 return "DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites";
7373 case DW_AT_GNU_all_source_call_sites:
7374 return "DW_AT_GNU_all_source_call_sites";
7376 case DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type:
7377 return "DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type";
7379 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
7380 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
7383 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
7387 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
7390 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
7395 return "DW_FORM_addr";
7396 case DW_FORM_block2:
7397 return "DW_FORM_block2";
7398 case DW_FORM_block4:
7399 return "DW_FORM_block4";
7401 return "DW_FORM_data2";
7403 return "DW_FORM_data4";
7405 return "DW_FORM_data8";
7406 case DW_FORM_string:
7407 return "DW_FORM_string";
7409 return "DW_FORM_block";
7410 case DW_FORM_block1:
7411 return "DW_FORM_block1";
7413 return "DW_FORM_data1";
7415 return "DW_FORM_flag";
7417 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
7419 return "DW_FORM_strp";
7421 return "DW_FORM_udata";
7422 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
7423 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
7425 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
7427 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
7429 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
7431 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
7432 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
7433 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
7434 case DW_FORM_indirect:
7435 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
7436 case DW_FORM_sec_offset:
7437 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
7438 case DW_FORM_exprloc:
7439 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
7440 case DW_FORM_flag_present:
7441 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
7442 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8:
7443 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
7445 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
7449 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
7450 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
7451 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
7452 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
7456 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl)
7458 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
7461 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
7462 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
7463 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
7464 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
7467 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
7468 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
7469 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
7471 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
7474 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
7475 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
7479 decl_class_context (tree decl)
7481 tree context = NULL_TREE;
7483 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
7484 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
7486 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
7487 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
7489 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
7490 context = NULL_TREE;
7495 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
7498 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
7500 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
7504 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
7505 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
7506 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
7509 static inline enum dw_val_class
7510 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
7512 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
7515 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
7518 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
7522 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7523 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
7524 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
7525 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7528 static inline unsigned
7529 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
7531 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
7532 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
7535 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7538 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
7542 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7543 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
7544 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
7545 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7548 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
7549 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
7551 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
7552 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
7555 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7558 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7559 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
7563 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7564 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
7565 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
7566 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7569 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7570 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
7572 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
7573 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
7576 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7579 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7580 HOST_WIDE_INT high, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low)
7584 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7585 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
7586 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high = high;
7587 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low = low;
7588 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7591 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
7594 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7595 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
7599 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7600 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
7601 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
7602 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
7603 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
7604 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7607 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
7610 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7611 unsigned char data8[8])
7615 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7616 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_data8;
7617 memcpy (attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_data8, data8, 8);
7618 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7621 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
7624 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
7626 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
7630 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
7632 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
7633 (const char *)x2) == 0;
7636 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7638 static struct indirect_string_node *
7639 find_AT_string (const char *str)
7641 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7644 if (! debug_str_hash)
7645 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
7646 debug_str_eq, NULL);
7648 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
7649 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
7652 node = ggc_alloc_cleared_indirect_string_node ();
7653 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
7657 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
7663 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7666 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
7669 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7671 node = find_AT_string (str);
7673 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7674 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
7675 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
7676 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7679 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7680 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7683 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node *node)
7690 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
7691 ++dw2_string_counter;
7692 node->label = xstrdup (label);
7695 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7696 debug string STR. */
7699 get_debug_string_label (const char *str)
7701 struct indirect_string_node *node = find_AT_string (str);
7703 debug_str_hash_forced = true;
7705 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7707 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, node->label);
7710 static inline const char *
7711 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
7713 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7714 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
7717 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7718 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7720 static enum dwarf_form
7721 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
7723 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7726 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7728 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
7732 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
7734 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7735 always better to put it inline. */
7736 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
7737 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7739 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7740 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7742 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7743 || ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
7744 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len))
7745 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7747 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7749 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
7752 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7755 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7759 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
7760 gcc_assert (targ_die != NULL);
7762 /* With LTO we can end up trying to reference something we didn't create
7763 a DIE for. Avoid crashing later on a NULL referenced DIE. */
7764 if (targ_die == NULL)
7768 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7769 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
7770 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
7771 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
7772 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7775 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7776 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7779 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7781 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
7782 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
7783 targ_die->die_definition = die;
7786 static inline dw_die_ref
7787 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
7789 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7790 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
7794 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
7796 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
7797 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
7803 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
7805 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7806 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
7809 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7812 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
7816 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7817 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
7818 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
7819 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7822 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7825 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
7829 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7830 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7831 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
7832 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7835 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7836 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
7838 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7839 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
7843 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
7847 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7848 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
7849 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
7850 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7851 have_location_lists = true;
7854 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7855 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
7857 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7858 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7861 static inline dw_loc_list_ref *
7862 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a)
7864 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7865 return &a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7868 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7871 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
7875 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7876 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7877 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
7878 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7881 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7884 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
7886 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
7887 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
7890 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7893 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7894 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
7898 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7899 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
7900 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
7901 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7904 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7906 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7907 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
7909 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
7910 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
7913 /* Add a vms delta attribute value to a DIE. */
7916 add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7917 const char *lbl1, const char *lbl2)
7921 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7922 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vms_delta;
7923 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl1 = xstrdup (lbl1);
7924 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl2 = xstrdup (lbl2);
7925 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7928 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7931 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
7935 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7936 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
7937 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
7938 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7941 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7942 debug_line section. */
7945 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7950 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7951 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
7952 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7953 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7956 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7957 debug_macinfo section. */
7960 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7965 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7966 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
7967 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7968 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7971 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7974 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7975 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
7979 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7980 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
7981 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7982 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7985 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7988 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7989 long unsigned int offset)
7993 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7994 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
7995 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7996 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7999 /* Return the start label of a delta attribute. */
8001 static inline const char *
8002 AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref a)
8004 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_vms_delta));
8005 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl1;
8008 /* Return the end label of a delta attribute. */
8010 static inline const char *
8011 AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref a)
8013 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_vms_delta));
8014 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl2;
8017 static inline const char *
8018 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
8020 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
8021 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
8022 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
8023 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
8026 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
8029 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
8033 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
8038 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
8039 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
8041 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
8042 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
8046 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
8051 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
8052 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
8053 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
8055 static inline const char *
8056 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
8058 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
8060 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
8063 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
8064 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
8065 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
8067 static inline const char *
8068 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
8070 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
8072 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
8075 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
8076 NULL if it is not present. */
8078 static inline const char *
8079 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
8081 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
8083 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
8086 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
8087 if it is not present. */
8090 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
8092 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
8094 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
8097 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
8098 if it is not present. */
8100 static inline unsigned
8101 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
8103 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
8105 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
8108 static inline dw_die_ref
8109 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
8111 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
8113 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
8116 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
8117 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
8119 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
8121 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
8124 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
8129 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language);
8131 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
8134 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
8139 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language);
8141 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
8142 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
8143 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
8146 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
8151 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language);
8153 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
8156 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
8159 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
8167 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
8168 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
8170 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
8171 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
8172 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
8174 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
8176 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
8181 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
8182 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
8185 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
8187 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
8188 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
8191 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
8195 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
8196 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
8197 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
8200 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
8201 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
8204 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child, dw_die_ref new_child, dw_die_ref prev)
8206 dw_die_ref parent = old_child->die_parent;
8208 gcc_assert (parent == prev->die_parent);
8209 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == old_child);
8211 new_child->die_parent = parent;
8212 if (prev == old_child)
8214 gcc_assert (parent->die_child == old_child);
8215 new_child->die_sib = new_child;
8219 prev->die_sib = new_child;
8220 new_child->die_sib = old_child->die_sib;
8222 if (old_child->die_parent->die_child == old_child)
8223 old_child->die_parent->die_child = new_child;
8226 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
8229 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent, dw_die_ref new_parent)
8232 new_parent->die_child = old_parent->die_child;
8233 old_parent->die_child = NULL;
8234 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent, c, c->die_parent = new_parent);
8237 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
8241 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
8247 dw_die_ref prev = c;
8249 while (c->die_tag == tag)
8251 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
8252 /* Might have removed every child. */
8253 if (c == c->die_sib)
8257 } while (c != die->die_child);
8260 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
8263 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
8265 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
8266 if (! die || ! child_die)
8268 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
8270 child_die->die_parent = die;
8273 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
8274 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
8277 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
8278 die->die_child = child_die;
8281 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
8282 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
8283 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
8286 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
8290 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
8291 specification DIE at toplevel. */
8292 if (child->die_parent != parent)
8294 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
8300 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
8301 || (child->die_parent
8302 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
8304 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
8305 if (p->die_sib == child)
8307 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
8311 add_child_die (parent, child);
8314 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
8316 static inline dw_die_ref
8317 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
8319 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
8321 die->die_tag = tag_value;
8323 if (parent_die != NULL)
8324 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
8327 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
8329 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node ();
8330 limbo_node->die = die;
8331 limbo_node->created_for = t;
8332 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
8333 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
8339 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
8341 static inline dw_die_ref
8342 lookup_type_die (tree type)
8344 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
8347 /* Given a TYPE_DIE representing the type TYPE, if TYPE is an
8348 anonymous type named by the typedef TYPE_DIE, return the DIE of the
8349 anonymous type instead the one of the naming typedef. */
8351 static inline dw_die_ref
8352 strip_naming_typedef (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
8355 && TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
8357 && type_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef
8358 && is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type)))
8359 type_die = get_AT_ref (type_die, DW_AT_type);
8363 /* Like lookup_type_die, but if type is an anonymous type named by a
8364 typedef[1], return the DIE of the anonymous type instead the one of
8365 the naming typedef. This is because in gen_typedef_die, we did
8366 equate the anonymous struct named by the typedef with the DIE of
8367 the naming typedef. So by default, lookup_type_die on an anonymous
8368 struct yields the DIE of the naming typedef.
8370 [1]: Read the comment of is_naming_typedef_decl to learn about what
8371 a naming typedef is. */
8373 static inline dw_die_ref
8374 lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree type)
8376 dw_die_ref die = lookup_type_die (type);
8377 return strip_naming_typedef (type, die);
8380 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
8383 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
8385 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
8388 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
8391 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
8393 return (hashval_t) ((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
8396 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
8399 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
8401 return (((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
8404 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
8406 static inline dw_die_ref
8407 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
8409 return (dw_die_ref) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
8412 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
8415 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
8417 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
8420 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
8424 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
8426 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
8429 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
8431 static inline var_loc_list *
8432 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl)
8434 if (!decl_loc_table)
8436 return (var_loc_list *)
8437 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
8440 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a cached_dw_loc_list_list). */
8443 cached_dw_loc_list_table_hash (const void *x)
8445 return (hashval_t) ((const cached_dw_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
8448 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of cached_dw_loc_list X is the same as
8452 cached_dw_loc_list_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
8454 return (((const cached_dw_loc_list *) x)->decl_id
8455 == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
8458 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
8461 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
8463 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
8466 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
8468 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
8471 /* Return how many bits covers PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
8474 decl_piece_bitsize (rtx piece)
8476 int ret = (int) GET_MODE (piece);
8479 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (piece, 0)) == CONCAT
8480 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 0)));
8481 return INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 0));
8484 /* Return pointer to the location of location note in PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
8487 decl_piece_varloc_ptr (rtx piece)
8489 if ((int) GET_MODE (piece))
8490 return &XEXP (piece, 0);
8492 return &XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 1);
8495 /* Create an EXPR_LIST for location note LOC_NOTE covering BITSIZE bits.
8496 Next is the chain of following piece nodes. */
8499 decl_piece_node (rtx loc_note, HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, rtx next)
8501 if (bitsize <= (int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE)
8502 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (bitsize, loc_note, next);
8504 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_CONCAT (VOIDmode,
8509 /* Return rtx that should be stored into loc field for
8510 LOC_NOTE and BITPOS/BITSIZE. */
8513 construct_piece_list (rtx loc_note, HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos,
8514 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize)
8518 loc_note = decl_piece_node (loc_note, bitsize, NULL_RTX);
8520 loc_note = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, bitpos, loc_note);
8525 /* This function either modifies location piece list *DEST in
8526 place (if SRC and INNER is NULL), or copies location piece list
8527 *SRC to *DEST while modifying it. Location BITPOS is modified
8528 to contain LOC_NOTE, any pieces overlapping it are removed resp.
8529 not copied and if needed some padding around it is added.
8530 When modifying in place, DEST should point to EXPR_LIST where
8531 earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits, when copying SRC points
8532 to the start of the whole list and INNER points to the EXPR_LIST
8533 where earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits. */
8536 adjust_piece_list (rtx *dest, rtx *src, rtx *inner,
8537 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos, HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos,
8538 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, rtx loc_note)
8541 bool copy = inner != NULL;
8545 /* First copy all nodes preceeding the current bitpos. */
8546 while (src != inner)
8548 *dest = decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src),
8549 decl_piece_bitsize (*src), NULL_RTX);
8550 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
8551 src = &XEXP (*src, 1);
8554 /* Add padding if needed. */
8555 if (bitpos != piece_bitpos)
8557 *dest = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, bitpos - piece_bitpos,
8558 copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
8559 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
8561 else if (*dest && decl_piece_bitsize (*dest) == bitsize)
8564 /* A piece with correct bitpos and bitsize already exist,
8565 just update the location for it and return. */
8566 *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*dest) = loc_note;
8569 /* Add the piece that changed. */
8570 *dest = decl_piece_node (loc_note, bitsize, copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
8571 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
8572 /* Skip over pieces that overlap it. */
8573 diff = bitpos - piece_bitpos + bitsize;
8576 while (diff > 0 && *src)
8579 diff -= decl_piece_bitsize (piece);
8581 src = &XEXP (piece, 1);
8584 *src = XEXP (piece, 1);
8585 free_EXPR_LIST_node (piece);
8588 /* Add padding if needed. */
8589 if (diff < 0 && *src)
8593 *dest = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, -diff, copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
8594 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
8598 /* Finally copy all nodes following it. */
8601 *dest = decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src),
8602 decl_piece_bitsize (*src), NULL_RTX);
8603 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
8604 src = &XEXP (*src, 1);
8608 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
8610 static struct var_loc_node *
8611 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, rtx loc_note, const char *label)
8613 unsigned int decl_id;
8616 struct var_loc_node *loc = NULL;
8617 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize = -1, bitpos = -1;
8619 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl))
8621 tree realdecl = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl);
8622 if (realdecl && handled_component_p (realdecl))
8624 HOST_WIDE_INT maxsize;
8627 = get_ref_base_and_extent (realdecl, &bitpos, &bitsize, &maxsize);
8628 if (!DECL_P (innerdecl)
8629 || DECL_IGNORED_P (innerdecl)
8630 || TREE_STATIC (innerdecl)
8632 || bitpos + bitsize > 256
8633 || bitsize != maxsize)
8639 decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
8640 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
8643 temp = ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_list ();
8644 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
8648 temp = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
8652 struct var_loc_node *last = temp->last, *unused = NULL;
8653 rtx *piece_loc = NULL, last_loc_note;
8654 int piece_bitpos = 0;
8658 gcc_assert (last->next == NULL);
8660 if (bitsize != -1 && GET_CODE (last->loc) == EXPR_LIST)
8662 piece_loc = &last->loc;
8665 int cur_bitsize = decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc);
8666 if (piece_bitpos + cur_bitsize > bitpos)
8668 piece_bitpos += cur_bitsize;
8669 piece_loc = &XEXP (*piece_loc, 1);
8673 /* TEMP->LAST here is either pointer to the last but one or
8674 last element in the chained list, LAST is pointer to the
8676 if (label && strcmp (last->label, label) == 0)
8678 /* For SRA optimized variables if there weren't any real
8679 insns since last note, just modify the last node. */
8680 if (piece_loc != NULL)
8682 adjust_piece_list (piece_loc, NULL, NULL,
8683 bitpos, piece_bitpos, bitsize, loc_note);
8686 /* If the last note doesn't cover any instructions, remove it. */
8687 if (temp->last != last)
8689 temp->last->next = NULL;
8692 gcc_assert (strcmp (last->label, label) != 0);
8696 gcc_assert (temp->first == temp->last);
8697 memset (temp->last, '\0', sizeof (*temp->last));
8698 temp->last->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
8702 if (bitsize == -1 && NOTE_P (last->loc))
8703 last_loc_note = last->loc;
8704 else if (piece_loc != NULL
8705 && *piece_loc != NULL_RTX
8706 && piece_bitpos == bitpos
8707 && decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc) == bitsize)
8708 last_loc_note = *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*piece_loc);
8710 last_loc_note = NULL_RTX;
8711 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
8712 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
8713 we have nothing to do. */
8714 if (last_loc_note == NULL_RTX
8715 || (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (last_loc_note),
8716 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note)))
8717 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note)
8718 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note))
8719 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note)
8720 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
8721 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note)
8722 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED))))
8724 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. If the last
8725 element of the list has been removed above, reuse its
8726 memory for the new node, otherwise allocate a new one. */
8730 memset (loc, '\0', sizeof (*loc));
8733 loc = ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
8734 if (bitsize == -1 || piece_loc == NULL)
8735 loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
8737 adjust_piece_list (&loc->loc, &last->loc, piece_loc,
8738 bitpos, piece_bitpos, bitsize, loc_note);
8740 /* Ensure TEMP->LAST will point either to the new last but one
8741 element of the chain, or to the last element in it. */
8742 if (last != temp->last)
8750 loc = ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
8753 loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
8758 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
8759 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
8760 the DIE internal representation. */
8761 static int print_indent;
8763 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
8766 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
8768 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
8771 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
8774 print_signature (FILE *outfile, char *sig)
8778 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
8779 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", sig[i] & 0xff);
8782 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
8783 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8786 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
8792 print_spaces (outfile);
8793 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s (%p)\n",
8794 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag),
8796 print_spaces (outfile);
8797 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
8798 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld", die->die_offset);
8799 fprintf (outfile, " mark: %d\n", die->die_mark);
8801 if (use_debug_types && die->die_id.die_type_node)
8803 print_spaces (outfile);
8804 fprintf (outfile, " signature: ");
8805 print_signature (outfile, die->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
8806 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
8809 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
8811 print_spaces (outfile);
8812 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
8814 switch (AT_class (a))
8816 case dw_val_class_addr:
8817 fprintf (outfile, "address");
8819 case dw_val_class_offset:
8820 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
8822 case dw_val_class_loc:
8823 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
8825 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
8826 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
8827 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
8829 case dw_val_class_range_list:
8830 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
8832 case dw_val_class_const:
8833 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
8835 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8836 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
8838 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8839 fprintf (outfile, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC","\
8840 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED")",
8841 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high,
8842 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low);
8844 case dw_val_class_vec:
8845 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
8847 case dw_val_class_flag:
8848 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
8850 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8851 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
8853 if (use_debug_types && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node)
8855 fprintf (outfile, "die -> signature: ");
8856 print_signature (outfile,
8857 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
8859 else if (! use_debug_types && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol)
8860 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s",
8861 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
8863 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
8864 fprintf (outfile, " (%p)", (void *) AT_ref (a));
8867 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
8869 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
8870 fprintf (outfile, "delta: @slotcount(%s-%s)",
8871 AT_vms_delta2 (a), AT_vms_delta1 (a));
8873 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8874 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8875 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8876 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
8878 case dw_val_class_str:
8879 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
8880 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
8882 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
8884 case dw_val_class_file:
8885 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
8886 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
8888 case dw_val_class_data8:
8892 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
8893 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i]);
8900 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
8903 if (die->die_child != NULL)
8906 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
8909 if (print_indent == 0)
8910 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
8913 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
8916 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
8918 print_die (die, stderr);
8921 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
8922 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8928 print_die (comp_unit_die (), stderr);
8931 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
8932 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
8933 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
8936 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
8938 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
8939 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
8941 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
8945 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8948 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
8950 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
8952 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
8956 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8957 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8959 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8962 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8966 tem = (loc->dtprel << 8) | ((unsigned int) loc->dw_loc_opc);
8968 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8969 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8972 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8975 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8977 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8980 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
8982 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8983 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8984 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8987 switch (AT_class (at))
8989 case dw_val_class_const:
8990 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8992 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8993 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8995 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8996 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8998 case dw_val_class_vec:
8999 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
9001 case dw_val_class_flag:
9002 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
9004 case dw_val_class_str:
9005 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
9008 case dw_val_class_addr:
9010 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
9011 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
9014 case dw_val_class_offset:
9015 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
9018 case dw_val_class_loc:
9019 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
9020 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
9023 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
9024 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
9027 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
9028 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
9029 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
9030 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
9031 case dw_val_class_macptr:
9034 case dw_val_class_file:
9035 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
9038 case dw_val_class_data8:
9039 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
9047 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
9050 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
9056 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
9059 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
9062 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
9064 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
9066 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
9067 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
9069 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
9073 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
9075 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
9076 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
9077 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
9078 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
9079 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
9080 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
9081 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
9083 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
9086 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
9093 byte = (value & 0x7f);
9095 more = !((value == 0 && (byte & 0x40) == 0)
9096 || (value == -1 && (byte & 0x40) != 0));
9105 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
9108 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
9112 unsigned char byte = (value & 0x7f);
9115 /* More bytes to follow. */
9123 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
9124 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
9127 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
9131 int tag = die->die_tag;
9133 if (tag != DW_TAG_namespace
9134 && tag != DW_TAG_structure_type
9135 && tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
9138 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
9140 spec = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9144 if (die->die_parent != NULL)
9145 checksum_die_context (die->die_parent, ctx);
9147 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
9148 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag);
9150 CHECKSUM_STRING (name);
9153 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
9156 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
9158 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
9159 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
9160 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_plus_uconst && loc->dw_loc_next == NULL)
9162 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
9163 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT) loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
9167 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
9170 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc->dw_loc_opc);
9171 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
9172 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
9173 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
9177 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
9180 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag, dw_attr_ref at,
9181 struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
9183 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
9186 if (AT_class (at) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
9188 dw_die_ref target_die = AT_ref (at);
9190 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
9191 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
9192 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
9193 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
9194 is complete or not. */
9195 if ((at->dw_attr == DW_AT_type
9196 && (tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
9197 || tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
9198 || tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
9199 || tag == DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type))
9200 || (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_friend
9201 && tag == DW_TAG_friend))
9203 dw_attr_ref name_attr = get_AT (target_die, DW_AT_name);
9205 if (name_attr != NULL)
9207 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
9211 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
9212 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
9213 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
9214 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
9215 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
9216 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
9221 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
9222 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
9223 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
9224 if (target_die->die_mark > 0)
9226 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
9227 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
9228 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die->die_mark);
9232 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
9236 target_die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
9237 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
9238 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
9239 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
9240 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
9241 die_checksum_ordered (target_die, ctx, mark);
9246 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
9247 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
9249 switch (AT_class (at))
9251 case dw_val_class_const:
9252 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
9253 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
9256 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
9257 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
9258 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
9261 case dw_val_class_const_double:
9262 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
9263 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double));
9264 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
9267 case dw_val_class_vec:
9268 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
9269 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec));
9270 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
9273 case dw_val_class_flag:
9274 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag);
9275 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag ? 1 : 0);
9278 case dw_val_class_str:
9279 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
9280 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
9283 case dw_val_class_addr:
9285 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
9286 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
9287 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
9290 case dw_val_class_offset:
9291 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
9292 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
9295 case dw_val_class_loc:
9296 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
9297 loc_checksum_ordered (loc, ctx);
9300 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
9301 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
9302 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
9303 case dw_val_class_macptr:
9306 case dw_val_class_file:
9307 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
9308 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
9311 case dw_val_class_data8:
9312 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
9320 struct checksum_attributes
9322 dw_attr_ref at_name;
9323 dw_attr_ref at_type;
9324 dw_attr_ref at_friend;
9325 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility;
9326 dw_attr_ref at_address_class;
9327 dw_attr_ref at_allocated;
9328 dw_attr_ref at_artificial;
9329 dw_attr_ref at_associated;
9330 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale;
9331 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset;
9332 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size;
9333 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride;
9334 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size;
9335 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride;
9336 dw_attr_ref at_const_value;
9337 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type;
9338 dw_attr_ref at_count;
9339 dw_attr_ref at_data_location;
9340 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location;
9341 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale;
9342 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign;
9343 dw_attr_ref at_default_value;
9344 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count;
9345 dw_attr_ref at_discr;
9346 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list;
9347 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value;
9348 dw_attr_ref at_encoding;
9349 dw_attr_ref at_endianity;
9350 dw_attr_ref at_explicit;
9351 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional;
9352 dw_attr_ref at_location;
9353 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound;
9354 dw_attr_ref at_mutable;
9355 dw_attr_ref at_ordering;
9356 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string;
9357 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped;
9358 dw_attr_ref at_small;
9359 dw_attr_ref at_segment;
9360 dw_attr_ref at_string_length;
9361 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled;
9362 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound;
9363 dw_attr_ref at_use_location;
9364 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8;
9365 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter;
9366 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality;
9367 dw_attr_ref at_visibility;
9368 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location;
9371 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
9374 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *attrs, dw_die_ref die)
9379 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
9390 attrs->at_friend = a;
9392 case DW_AT_accessibility:
9393 attrs->at_accessibility = a;
9395 case DW_AT_address_class:
9396 attrs->at_address_class = a;
9398 case DW_AT_allocated:
9399 attrs->at_allocated = a;
9401 case DW_AT_artificial:
9402 attrs->at_artificial = a;
9404 case DW_AT_associated:
9405 attrs->at_associated = a;
9407 case DW_AT_binary_scale:
9408 attrs->at_binary_scale = a;
9410 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
9411 attrs->at_bit_offset = a;
9413 case DW_AT_bit_size:
9414 attrs->at_bit_size = a;
9416 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
9417 attrs->at_bit_stride = a;
9419 case DW_AT_byte_size:
9420 attrs->at_byte_size = a;
9422 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
9423 attrs->at_byte_stride = a;
9425 case DW_AT_const_value:
9426 attrs->at_const_value = a;
9428 case DW_AT_containing_type:
9429 attrs->at_containing_type = a;
9432 attrs->at_count = a;
9434 case DW_AT_data_location:
9435 attrs->at_data_location = a;
9437 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
9438 attrs->at_data_member_location = a;
9440 case DW_AT_decimal_scale:
9441 attrs->at_decimal_scale = a;
9443 case DW_AT_decimal_sign:
9444 attrs->at_decimal_sign = a;
9446 case DW_AT_default_value:
9447 attrs->at_default_value = a;
9449 case DW_AT_digit_count:
9450 attrs->at_digit_count = a;
9453 attrs->at_discr = a;
9455 case DW_AT_discr_list:
9456 attrs->at_discr_list = a;
9458 case DW_AT_discr_value:
9459 attrs->at_discr_value = a;
9461 case DW_AT_encoding:
9462 attrs->at_encoding = a;
9464 case DW_AT_endianity:
9465 attrs->at_endianity = a;
9467 case DW_AT_explicit:
9468 attrs->at_explicit = a;
9470 case DW_AT_is_optional:
9471 attrs->at_is_optional = a;
9473 case DW_AT_location:
9474 attrs->at_location = a;
9476 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
9477 attrs->at_lower_bound = a;
9480 attrs->at_mutable = a;
9482 case DW_AT_ordering:
9483 attrs->at_ordering = a;
9485 case DW_AT_picture_string:
9486 attrs->at_picture_string = a;
9488 case DW_AT_prototyped:
9489 attrs->at_prototyped = a;
9492 attrs->at_small = a;
9495 attrs->at_segment = a;
9497 case DW_AT_string_length:
9498 attrs->at_string_length = a;
9500 case DW_AT_threads_scaled:
9501 attrs->at_threads_scaled = a;
9503 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
9504 attrs->at_upper_bound = a;
9506 case DW_AT_use_location:
9507 attrs->at_use_location = a;
9509 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
9510 attrs->at_use_UTF8 = a;
9512 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
9513 attrs->at_variable_parameter = a;
9515 case DW_AT_virtuality:
9516 attrs->at_virtuality = a;
9518 case DW_AT_visibility:
9519 attrs->at_visibility = a;
9521 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
9522 attrs->at_vtable_elem_location = a;
9530 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
9533 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
9537 struct checksum_attributes attrs;
9539 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
9540 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die->die_tag);
9542 memset (&attrs, 0, sizeof (attrs));
9544 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9546 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, decl);
9547 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, die);
9549 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_name);
9550 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_accessibility);
9551 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_address_class);
9552 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_allocated);
9553 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_artificial);
9554 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_associated);
9555 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_binary_scale);
9556 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_offset);
9557 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_size);
9558 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_stride);
9559 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_size);
9560 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_stride);
9561 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_const_value);
9562 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_containing_type);
9563 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_count);
9564 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_location);
9565 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_member_location);
9566 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_scale);
9567 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_sign);
9568 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_default_value);
9569 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_digit_count);
9570 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr);
9571 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_list);
9572 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_value);
9573 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_encoding);
9574 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_endianity);
9575 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_explicit);
9576 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_is_optional);
9577 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_location);
9578 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_lower_bound);
9579 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_mutable);
9580 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_ordering);
9581 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_picture_string);
9582 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_prototyped);
9583 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_small);
9584 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_segment);
9585 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_string_length);
9586 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_threads_scaled);
9587 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_upper_bound);
9588 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_location);
9589 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_UTF8);
9590 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_variable_parameter);
9591 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_virtuality);
9592 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_visibility);
9593 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_vtable_elem_location);
9594 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_type);
9595 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_friend);
9597 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
9600 dw_attr_ref name_attr;
9603 name_attr = get_AT (c, DW_AT_name);
9604 if ((is_type_die (c) || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
9605 && name_attr != NULL)
9607 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
9608 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c->die_tag);
9609 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
9613 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
9614 if (c->die_mark == 0)
9616 die_checksum_ordered (c, ctx, mark);
9618 } while (c != die->die_child);
9620 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
9624 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
9625 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
9626 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
9627 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
9629 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
9630 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
9631 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
9632 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
9633 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
9634 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
9635 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
9638 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die, comdat_type_node *type_node)
9642 unsigned char checksum[16];
9646 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
9647 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9649 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
9650 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
9651 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
9653 if (is_cxx() && name != NULL)
9655 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
9657 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
9658 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
9659 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
9661 md5_process_bytes (&die->die_tag, sizeof (die->die_tag), &ctx);
9662 md5_process_bytes (name, strlen (name) + 1, &ctx);
9663 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
9665 add_AT_data8 (type_node->root_die, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature, &checksum[8]);
9668 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
9670 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
9672 die->die_mark = mark;
9674 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
9675 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
9676 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
9678 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
9679 die_checksum_ordered (die, &ctx, &mark);
9680 unmark_all_dies (die);
9681 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
9683 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
9684 type node together. */
9685 memcpy (type_node->signature, &checksum[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE],
9686 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE);
9687 die->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
9688 type_node->type_die = die;
9690 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
9693 decl->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
9696 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
9698 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
9700 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
9701 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
9702 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
9705 /* Do the values look the same? */
9707 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *v1, const dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
9709 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
9712 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
9715 switch (v1->val_class)
9717 case dw_val_class_const:
9718 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
9719 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
9720 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
9721 case dw_val_class_const_double:
9722 return v1->v.val_double.high == v2->v.val_double.high
9723 && v1->v.val_double.low == v2->v.val_double.low;
9724 case dw_val_class_vec:
9725 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
9726 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
9728 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
9729 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
9732 case dw_val_class_flag:
9733 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
9734 case dw_val_class_str:
9735 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
9737 case dw_val_class_addr:
9738 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
9739 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
9740 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
9742 return !rtx_equal_p (r1, r2);
9744 case dw_val_class_offset:
9745 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
9747 case dw_val_class_loc:
9748 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
9750 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
9751 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
9753 return !loc1 && !loc2;
9755 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
9756 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
9758 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
9759 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
9760 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
9761 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
9762 case dw_val_class_macptr:
9765 case dw_val_class_file:
9766 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
9768 case dw_val_class_data8:
9769 return !memcmp (v1->v.val_data8, v2->v.val_data8, 8);
9776 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
9779 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
9781 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
9784 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
9785 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
9786 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
9789 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
9792 /* Do the dies look the same? */
9795 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
9801 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
9803 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
9804 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
9806 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
9809 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
9810 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
9813 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1)
9814 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
9817 c1 = die1->die_child;
9818 c2 = die2->die_child;
9827 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
9831 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
9833 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
9843 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
9846 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
9849 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
9851 unmark_all_dies (die1);
9852 unmark_all_dies (die2);
9857 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
9859 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
9861 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
9862 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
9864 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
9865 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
9868 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
9870 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
9871 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
9872 char *name = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base) + 64);
9875 unsigned char checksum[16];
9878 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
9879 the name filename of the unit. */
9881 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
9883 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
9884 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
9885 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
9887 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
9888 clean_symbol_name (name);
9890 p = name + strlen (name);
9891 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
9893 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
9897 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
9898 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
9901 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
9904 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
9906 switch (die->die_tag)
9908 case DW_TAG_array_type:
9909 case DW_TAG_class_type:
9910 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9911 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9912 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
9913 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
9914 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
9915 case DW_TAG_string_type:
9916 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9917 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
9918 case DW_TAG_union_type:
9919 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
9920 case DW_TAG_set_type:
9921 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9922 case DW_TAG_base_type:
9923 case DW_TAG_const_type:
9924 case DW_TAG_file_type:
9925 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
9926 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
9927 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9934 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
9935 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
9936 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
9937 compilations (functions). */
9940 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
9942 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
9943 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
9944 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
9945 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9947 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
9950 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
9951 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
9952 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
9953 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
9954 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
9956 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
9958 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
9961 return is_type_die (c);
9964 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9965 compilation unit. */
9968 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
9970 return (is_type_die (c)
9971 || is_declaration_die (c)
9972 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9973 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_module);
9976 /* Returns true iff C is a compile-unit DIE. */
9979 is_cu_die (dw_die_ref c)
9981 return c && c->die_tag == DW_TAG_compile_unit;
9985 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
9989 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
9990 return xstrdup (buf);
9993 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9996 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
10000 if (is_symbol_die (die))
10002 if (comdat_symbol_id)
10004 char *p = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
10006 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
10007 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
10008 die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
10011 die->die_id.die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
10014 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
10017 struct cu_hash_table_entry
10020 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
10021 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
10024 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
10026 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
10028 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry =
10029 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of;
10031 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_id.die_symbol);
10035 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
10037 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry1 =
10038 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of1;
10039 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
10041 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_id.die_symbol, entry2->die_id.die_symbol);
10045 htab_cu_del (void *what)
10047 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next,
10048 *entry = (struct cu_hash_table_entry *) what;
10052 next = entry->next;
10058 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
10061 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
10063 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
10064 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
10066 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
10068 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
10069 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
10073 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
10075 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
10081 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
10085 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
10087 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
10088 entry->next = *slot;
10094 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
10096 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
10098 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
10100 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
10101 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
10105 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
10108 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
10109 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
10110 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
10113 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
10116 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
10117 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
10118 htab_t cu_hash_table;
10120 c = die->die_child;
10122 dw_die_ref prev = c;
10124 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
10125 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
10127 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
10129 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
10130 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
10132 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
10133 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
10134 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
10135 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
10137 add_child_die (unit, c);
10139 if (c == die->die_child)
10142 } while (c != die->die_child);
10145 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
10146 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
10147 gcc_assert (!unit);
10150 assign_symbol_names (die);
10151 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
10152 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
10158 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
10159 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
10160 &comdat_symbol_number);
10161 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
10163 *pnode = node->next;
10166 pnode = &node->next;
10167 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
10168 comdat_symbol_number);
10171 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
10174 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
10177 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die)
10182 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
10183 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_declaration)
10189 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is nested inside a subprogram. */
10192 is_nested_in_subprogram (dw_die_ref die)
10194 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
10198 return local_scope_p (decl);
10201 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
10202 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
10205 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die)
10207 switch (die->die_tag)
10209 case DW_TAG_class_type:
10210 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
10211 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
10212 case DW_TAG_union_type:
10213 /* Don't move declarations, inlined instances, or types nested in a
10215 if (is_declaration_die (die)
10216 || get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin)
10217 || is_nested_in_subprogram (die))
10220 case DW_TAG_array_type:
10221 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
10222 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
10223 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
10224 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
10225 case DW_TAG_string_type:
10226 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
10227 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
10228 case DW_TAG_set_type:
10229 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
10230 case DW_TAG_base_type:
10231 case DW_TAG_const_type:
10232 case DW_TAG_file_type:
10233 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
10234 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
10235 case DW_TAG_typedef:
10241 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
10244 clone_die (dw_die_ref die)
10250 clone = ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
10251 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
10253 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
10254 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
10259 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
10262 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die)
10265 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die);
10267 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_child_die (clone, clone_tree(c)));
10272 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
10275 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die)
10282 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
10283 if (is_declaration_die (die))
10284 return clone_die (die);
10286 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
10287 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
10289 return clone_die (decl);
10291 clone = ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
10292 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
10294 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
10296 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
10297 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
10298 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
10300 switch (a->dw_attr)
10302 case DW_AT_artificial:
10303 case DW_AT_containing_type:
10304 case DW_AT_external:
10307 case DW_AT_virtuality:
10308 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
10309 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
10310 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
10312 case DW_AT_byte_size:
10318 if (die->die_id.die_type_node)
10319 add_AT_die_ref (clone, DW_AT_signature, die);
10321 add_AT_flag (clone, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10325 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
10326 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
10327 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
10328 attached to the specification. */
10331 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die)
10334 dw_die_ref new_decl;
10336 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
10345 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
10346 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
10347 decl->die_id.die_type_node = die->die_id.die_type_node;
10349 remove_AT (die, DW_AT_specification);
10351 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, decl->die_attr, ix, a)
10353 if (a->dw_attr != DW_AT_name
10354 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_declaration
10355 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_external)
10356 add_dwarf_attr (die, a);
10359 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl, c, add_child_die (die, clone_tree(c)));
10362 if (decl->die_parent != NULL
10363 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
10364 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
10366 new_decl = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, decl, NULL);
10367 if (new_decl != NULL)
10369 remove_AT (new_decl, DW_AT_signature);
10370 add_AT_specification (die, new_decl);
10375 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
10376 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
10379 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *node)
10381 if (node->new_die != NULL)
10384 node->new_die = clone_as_declaration (node->old_die);
10386 if (node->parent != NULL)
10388 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node->parent);
10389 add_child_die (node->parent->new_die, node->new_die);
10393 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
10394 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
10395 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
10398 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *parent)
10400 skeleton_chain_node node;
10403 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
10404 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
10406 node.parent = parent;
10408 first = c = parent->old_die->die_child;
10412 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
10415 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
10417 node.new_die = NULL;
10418 if (is_declaration_die (c))
10420 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
10421 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
10422 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
10423 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (c);
10424 move_all_children (c, clone);
10426 replace_child (c, clone, prev);
10427 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent);
10428 add_child_die (parent->new_die, c);
10432 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
10433 } while (next != NULL);
10436 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
10439 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die)
10441 skeleton_chain_node node;
10443 node.old_die = die;
10444 node.new_die = NULL;
10445 node.parent = NULL;
10447 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
10448 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
10449 if (die->die_parent != NULL && is_type_die (die->die_parent))
10450 node.new_die = clone_as_declaration (die);
10452 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
10453 return node.new_die;
10456 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
10457 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
10458 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
10459 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
10460 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
10461 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
10464 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
10466 dw_die_ref skeleton;
10468 skeleton = generate_skeleton (child);
10469 if (skeleton == NULL)
10470 remove_child_with_prev (child, prev);
10473 skeleton->die_id.die_type_node = child->die_id.die_type_node;
10474 replace_child (child, skeleton, prev);
10480 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
10481 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
10484 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die)
10488 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
10489 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
10490 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
10492 first = c = die->die_child;
10496 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
10499 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
10500 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c))
10502 dw_die_ref replacement;
10503 comdat_type_node_ref type_node;
10505 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
10506 add it to the list of comdat types. */
10507 unit = new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit, NULL, NULL);
10508 add_AT_unsigned (unit, DW_AT_language,
10509 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language));
10510 type_node = ggc_alloc_cleared_comdat_type_node ();
10511 type_node->root_die = unit;
10512 type_node->next = comdat_type_list;
10513 comdat_type_list = type_node;
10515 /* Generate the type signature. */
10516 generate_type_signature (c, type_node);
10518 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
10519 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
10520 copy_declaration_context (unit, c);
10522 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
10523 replacement = remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c, prev);
10525 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
10526 break_out_comdat_types (c);
10528 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
10529 add_child_die (unit, c);
10531 if (replacement != NULL)
10534 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
10535 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
10536 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
10537 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)
10539 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
10540 break_out_comdat_types (c);
10542 } while (next != NULL);
10545 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
10547 struct decl_table_entry
10553 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
10556 htab_decl_hash (const void *of)
10558 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry =
10559 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of;
10561 return htab_hash_pointer (entry->orig);
10565 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
10567 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry1 =
10568 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of1;
10569 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
10571 return entry1->orig == entry2;
10575 htab_decl_del (void *what)
10577 struct decl_table_entry *entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) what;
10582 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
10583 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
10584 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
10585 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
10588 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
10590 dw_die_ref parent = die->die_parent;
10591 dw_die_ref new_parent = unit;
10593 void **slot = NULL;
10594 struct decl_table_entry *entry = NULL;
10598 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
10599 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, die,
10600 htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT);
10601 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
10603 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
10604 return entry->copy;
10607 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
10608 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
10610 entry->copy = NULL;
10614 if (parent != NULL)
10616 dw_die_ref spec = get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification);
10619 if (parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
10620 && parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
10621 new_parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, parent, decl_table);
10624 copy = clone_as_declaration (die);
10625 add_child_die (new_parent, copy);
10627 if (decl_table != NULL)
10629 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
10630 entry->copy = copy;
10636 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
10637 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
10641 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
10647 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
10649 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
10651 dw_die_ref targ = AT_ref (a);
10652 comdat_type_node_ref type_node = targ->die_id.die_type_node;
10654 struct decl_table_entry *entry;
10656 if (targ->die_mark != 0 || type_node != NULL)
10659 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, targ,
10660 htab_hash_pointer (targ), INSERT);
10662 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
10664 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
10665 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
10666 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
10667 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = entry->copy;
10671 dw_die_ref parent = unit;
10672 dw_die_ref copy = clone_tree (targ);
10674 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
10678 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
10679 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
10680 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
10681 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
10682 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
10683 entry->orig = targ;
10684 entry->copy = copy;
10687 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
10688 into the new type unit. */
10689 if (targ->die_parent != NULL
10690 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
10691 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
10692 parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, targ->die_parent,
10695 add_child_die (parent, copy);
10696 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = copy;
10698 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
10699 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
10700 get visited otherwise. */
10701 if (parent != unit)
10703 /* Find the highest point of the newly-added tree,
10704 mark each node along the way, and walk from there. */
10705 parent->die_mark = 1;
10706 while (parent->die_parent
10707 && parent->die_parent->die_mark == 0)
10709 parent = parent->die_parent;
10710 parent->die_mark = 1;
10712 copy_decls_walk (unit, parent, decl_table);
10718 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, copy_decls_walk (unit, c, decl_table));
10721 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
10722 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
10723 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
10724 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
10725 don't have an external reference. */
10728 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit)
10733 decl_table = htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash, htab_decl_eq, htab_decl_del);
10734 copy_decls_walk (unit, unit, decl_table);
10735 htab_delete (decl_table);
10736 unmark_dies (unit);
10739 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
10740 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
10741 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
10744 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
10748 if (! die->die_child)
10751 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
10752 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
10754 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
10757 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
10760 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
10766 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
10767 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
10768 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
10770 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
10773 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
10774 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
10775 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
10776 die are visited recursively. */
10779 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
10781 unsigned long abbrev_id;
10782 unsigned int n_alloc;
10787 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
10788 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
10789 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
10790 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
10791 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
10793 gcc_assert (use_debug_types || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
10794 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
10797 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
10799 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
10800 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
10804 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
10806 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
10809 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
10810 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
10813 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a)
10815 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
10816 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
10817 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
10827 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
10829 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
10831 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
10832 abbrev_die_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, abbrev_die_table,
10835 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
10836 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
10837 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
10840 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
10841 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
10844 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
10845 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
10848 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
10851 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value)
10858 log = floor_log2 (value);
10861 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
10866 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
10867 .debug_info section. */
10869 static unsigned long
10870 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
10872 unsigned long size = 0;
10876 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
10877 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
10879 switch (AT_class (a))
10881 case dw_val_class_addr:
10882 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10884 case dw_val_class_offset:
10885 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10887 case dw_val_class_loc:
10889 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
10891 /* Block length. */
10892 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10893 size += size_of_uleb128 (lsize);
10895 size += constant_size (lsize);
10899 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10900 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10902 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10903 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10905 case dw_val_class_const:
10906 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
10908 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10909 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
10911 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10912 size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
10913 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
10914 size++; /* block */
10916 case dw_val_class_vec:
10917 size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10918 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size)
10919 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10920 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; /* block */
10922 case dw_val_class_flag:
10923 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10924 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10925 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10926 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10927 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10928 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10929 the same abbrev entry. */
10930 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
10934 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10935 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10937 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_ref_sig8; for earlier versions
10938 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
10939 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
10940 it's always sized as an offset. */
10941 if (use_debug_types)
10942 size += DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE;
10943 else if (dwarf_version == 2)
10944 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10946 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10949 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10951 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10952 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10954 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10955 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10957 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10958 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10959 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10961 case dw_val_class_str:
10962 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
10963 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10965 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
10967 case dw_val_class_file:
10968 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
10970 case dw_val_class_data8:
10973 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
10974 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10977 gcc_unreachable ();
10984 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
10985 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
10986 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
10987 die_offset field in each DIE. */
10990 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
10994 gcc_assert (die->die_offset == 0
10995 || (unsigned long int) die->die_offset == next_die_offset);
10996 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
10997 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
10999 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
11001 if (die->die_child != NULL)
11002 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
11003 next_die_offset += 1;
11006 /* Size just the base type children at the start of the CU.
11007 This is needed because build_abbrev needs to size locs
11008 and sizing of type based stack ops needs to know die_offset
11009 values for the base types. */
11012 calc_base_type_die_sizes (void)
11014 unsigned long die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
11016 dw_die_ref base_type;
11017 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
11018 dw_die_ref prev = comp_unit_die ()->die_child;
11021 die_offset += size_of_die (comp_unit_die ());
11022 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_die_ref, base_types, i, base_type); i++)
11024 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
11025 gcc_assert (base_type->die_offset == 0
11026 && prev->die_sib == base_type
11027 && base_type->die_child == NULL
11028 && base_type->die_abbrev);
11031 base_type->die_offset = die_offset;
11032 die_offset += size_of_die (base_type);
11036 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
11037 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
11038 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
11039 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
11042 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
11046 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
11049 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
11052 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
11055 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
11059 if (! use_debug_types)
11060 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
11063 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
11066 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
11069 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
11075 if (!die->die_mark)
11079 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
11081 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
11082 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
11083 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
11086 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
11087 generated for the compilation unit. */
11089 static unsigned long
11090 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
11092 unsigned long size;
11096 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
11097 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry, names, i, p)
11098 if (names != pubtype_table
11099 || p->die->die_offset != 0
11100 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
11101 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
11103 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
11107 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
11109 static unsigned long
11110 size_of_aranges (void)
11112 unsigned long size;
11114 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
11116 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
11117 if (text_section_used)
11118 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
11119 if (cold_text_section_used)
11120 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
11121 if (have_multiple_function_sections)
11123 unsigned fde_idx = 0;
11125 for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++)
11127 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx];
11129 if (!fde->in_std_section)
11130 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
11131 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && !fde->second_in_std_section)
11132 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
11136 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
11137 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
11141 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
11143 static enum dwarf_form
11144 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
11146 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
11148 case dw_val_class_addr:
11149 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
11150 switch (a->dw_attr)
11153 case DW_AT_high_pc:
11154 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
11155 case DW_AT_trampoline:
11156 return DW_FORM_addr;
11160 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11163 return DW_FORM_data1;
11165 return DW_FORM_data2;
11167 return DW_FORM_data4;
11169 return DW_FORM_data8;
11171 gcc_unreachable ();
11173 case dw_val_class_range_list:
11174 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
11175 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
11176 return DW_FORM_sec_offset;
11178 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
11179 case dw_val_class_offset:
11180 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
11183 return DW_FORM_data4;
11185 return DW_FORM_data8;
11187 gcc_unreachable ();
11189 case dw_val_class_loc:
11190 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
11191 return DW_FORM_exprloc;
11192 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
11195 return DW_FORM_block1;
11197 return DW_FORM_block2;
11199 gcc_unreachable ();
11201 case dw_val_class_const:
11202 return DW_FORM_sdata;
11203 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
11204 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
11207 return DW_FORM_data1;
11209 return DW_FORM_data2;
11211 return DW_FORM_data4;
11213 return DW_FORM_data8;
11215 gcc_unreachable ();
11217 case dw_val_class_const_double:
11218 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
11221 return DW_FORM_data2;
11223 return DW_FORM_data4;
11225 return DW_FORM_data8;
11228 return DW_FORM_block1;
11230 case dw_val_class_vec:
11231 switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
11232 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size))
11235 return DW_FORM_block1;
11237 return DW_FORM_block2;
11239 return DW_FORM_block4;
11241 gcc_unreachable ();
11243 case dw_val_class_flag:
11244 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
11246 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
11247 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
11248 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
11249 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
11250 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
11251 the same abbrev entry. */
11252 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
11253 return DW_FORM_flag_present;
11255 return DW_FORM_flag;
11256 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
11257 if (AT_ref_external (a))
11258 return use_debug_types ? DW_FORM_ref_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr;
11260 return DW_FORM_ref;
11261 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
11262 return DW_FORM_data;
11263 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
11264 return DW_FORM_addr;
11265 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
11266 case dw_val_class_macptr:
11267 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset : DW_FORM_data;
11268 case dw_val_class_str:
11269 return AT_string_form (a);
11270 case dw_val_class_file:
11271 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
11274 return DW_FORM_data1;
11276 return DW_FORM_data2;
11278 return DW_FORM_data4;
11280 gcc_unreachable ();
11283 case dw_val_class_data8:
11284 return DW_FORM_data8;
11287 gcc_unreachable ();
11291 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
11294 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
11296 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
11298 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
11301 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
11305 output_abbrev_section (void)
11307 unsigned long abbrev_id;
11309 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use == 1)
11312 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
11314 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
11316 dw_attr_ref a_attr;
11318 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
11319 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
11320 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
11322 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
11323 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
11325 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
11327 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
11330 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
11331 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
11332 output_value_format (a_attr);
11335 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
11336 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
11339 /* Terminate the table. */
11340 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
11343 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
11346 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
11348 char *sym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
11353 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
11354 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
11355 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
11357 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
11359 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
11362 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
11365 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
11366 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
11367 const char *section)
11369 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_list_node ();
11371 retlist->begin = begin;
11372 retlist->end = end;
11373 retlist->expr = expr;
11374 retlist->section = section;
11379 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
11380 hasn't got one yet. */
11383 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list)
11385 gcc_assert (!list->ll_symbol);
11386 list->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
11389 /* Output the location list given to us. */
11392 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
11394 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
11396 if (list_head->emitted)
11398 list_head->emitted = true;
11400 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
11402 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
11403 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
11405 unsigned long size;
11406 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
11407 if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0)
11409 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11411 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
11412 "Location list begin address (%s)",
11413 list_head->ll_symbol);
11414 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
11415 "Location list end address (%s)",
11416 list_head->ll_symbol);
11420 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
11421 "Location list begin address (%s)",
11422 list_head->ll_symbol);
11423 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
11424 "Location list end address (%s)",
11425 list_head->ll_symbol);
11427 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
11429 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
11430 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
11431 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
11433 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr, -1);
11436 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
11437 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
11438 list_head->ll_symbol);
11439 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
11440 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
11441 list_head->ll_symbol);
11444 /* Output a type signature. */
11447 output_signature (const char *sig, const char *name)
11451 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
11452 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig[i], i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
11455 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
11456 the definitions of each child DIE. */
11459 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
11463 unsigned long size;
11466 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
11467 them to point to. */
11468 if (! use_debug_types && die->die_id.die_symbol)
11469 output_die_symbol (die);
11471 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
11472 (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
11473 dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
11475 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
11477 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
11479 switch (AT_class (a))
11481 case dw_val_class_addr:
11482 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
11485 case dw_val_class_offset:
11486 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
11490 case dw_val_class_range_list:
11492 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
11494 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
11495 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
11496 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
11497 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
11502 case dw_val_class_loc:
11503 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
11505 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
11506 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
11507 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "%s", name);
11509 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
11511 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a), -1);
11514 case dw_val_class_const:
11515 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
11516 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
11517 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
11518 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
11521 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
11522 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
11523 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
11526 case dw_val_class_const_double:
11528 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
11530 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
11531 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
11532 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11533 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
11536 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
11538 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
11539 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
11543 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
11544 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
11547 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
11549 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
11554 case dw_val_class_vec:
11556 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
11557 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
11561 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len * elt_size),
11562 len * elt_size, "%s", name);
11563 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
11568 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
11570 i++, p += elt_size)
11571 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
11572 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
11576 case dw_val_class_flag:
11577 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
11579 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
11580 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
11581 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
11582 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
11583 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
11584 the same abbrev entry. */
11585 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a) == 1);
11586 if (flag_debug_asm)
11587 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
11588 ASM_COMMENT_START, name);
11591 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
11594 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
11596 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
11599 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
11604 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
11605 if (AT_ref_external (a))
11607 if (use_debug_types)
11609 comdat_type_node_ref type_node =
11610 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node;
11612 gcc_assert (type_node);
11613 output_signature (type_node->signature, name);
11617 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol;
11621 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
11622 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
11624 if (dwarf_version == 2)
11625 size = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
11627 size = DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
11628 dw2_asm_output_offset (size, sym, debug_info_section, "%s",
11634 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
11635 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
11640 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
11644 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
11645 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
11646 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
11651 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
11652 dw2_asm_output_vms_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
11653 AT_vms_delta2 (a), AT_vms_delta1 (a),
11657 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
11658 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
11661 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
11662 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
11663 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
11666 case dw_val_class_macptr:
11667 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
11668 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
11671 case dw_val_class_str:
11672 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
11673 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
11674 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
11676 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
11678 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
11681 case dw_val_class_file:
11683 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
11685 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
11686 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
11690 case dw_val_class_data8:
11694 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
11695 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i],
11696 i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
11701 gcc_unreachable ();
11705 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
11707 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
11708 if (die->die_child != NULL)
11709 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
11710 (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
11713 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
11714 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
11717 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
11719 int ver = dwarf_version;
11721 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11722 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11723 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11724 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
11725 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
11726 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
11727 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF version number");
11728 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
11729 debug_abbrev_section,
11730 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
11731 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11734 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
11737 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
11739 const char *secname;
11740 char *oldsym, *tmp;
11742 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
11743 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
11746 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
11747 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
11748 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
11749 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
11750 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11753 build_abbrev_table (die);
11755 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11756 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
11757 calc_die_sizes (die);
11759 oldsym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
11762 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym) + 24);
11764 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
11766 die->die_id.die_symbol = NULL;
11767 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
11771 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
11772 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
11773 info_section_emitted = true;
11776 /* Output debugging information. */
11777 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11780 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
11781 output_pubnames. */
11785 die->die_id.die_symbol = oldsym;
11789 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
11792 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *node)
11794 const char *secname;
11797 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11801 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11802 mark_dies (node->root_die);
11804 build_abbrev_table (node->root_die);
11806 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11807 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
11808 calc_die_sizes (node->root_die);
11810 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11811 secname = ".debug_types";
11812 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
11813 sprintf (tmp, "wt.");
11814 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
11815 sprintf (tmp + 3 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
11816 comdat_key = get_identifier (tmp);
11817 targetm.asm_out.named_section (secname,
11818 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_LINKONCE,
11821 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
11822 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
11823 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
11824 sprintf (tmp + 17 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
11826 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
11829 /* Output debugging information. */
11830 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11831 output_signature (node->signature, "Type Signature");
11832 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->type_die->die_offset,
11833 "Offset to Type DIE");
11834 output_die (node->root_die);
11836 unmark_dies (node->root_die);
11839 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
11841 static const char *
11842 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
11844 if (DECL_NAMELESS (decl))
11846 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
11849 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
11852 add_pubname_string (const char *str, dw_die_ref die)
11854 if (targetm.want_debug_pub_sections)
11859 e.name = xstrdup (str);
11860 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
11865 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
11867 if (targetm.want_debug_pub_sections && TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11869 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
11871 add_pubname_string (name, die);
11875 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
11878 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
11882 if (!targetm.want_debug_pub_sections)
11886 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
11887 || is_cu_die (die->die_parent))
11888 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
11893 if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
11895 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
11896 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl));
11897 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
11898 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
11899 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
11901 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
11906 e.name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
11908 e.name = xstrdup (e.name);
11911 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
11912 it to the table. */
11913 if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
11914 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
11918 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
11919 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
11922 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
11925 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
11928 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11929 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11930 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11931 if (names == pubname_table)
11932 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
11933 "Length of Public Names Info");
11935 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
11936 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
11937 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11938 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11939 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11940 debug_info_section,
11941 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11942 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
11943 "Compilation Unit Length");
11945 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry, names, i, pub)
11947 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11948 if (names == pubname_table)
11949 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
11951 if (names != pubtype_table
11952 || pub->die->die_offset != 0
11953 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
11955 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
11958 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
11962 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11965 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
11966 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
11967 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
11970 output_aranges (unsigned long aranges_length)
11974 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11975 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11976 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11977 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
11978 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
11979 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11980 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11981 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11982 debug_info_section,
11983 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11984 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
11985 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
11987 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
11988 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
11990 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
11992 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
11993 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11994 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
11995 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
11998 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
11999 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
12000 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
12001 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
12002 confused with the terminator. */
12003 if (text_section_used)
12005 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
12006 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
12007 text_section_label, "Length");
12009 if (cold_text_section_used)
12011 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
12013 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
12014 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
12017 if (have_multiple_function_sections)
12019 unsigned fde_idx = 0;
12021 for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++)
12023 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx];
12025 if (!fde->in_std_section)
12027 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
12029 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_end,
12030 fde->dw_fde_begin, "Length");
12032 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && !fde->second_in_std_section)
12034 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_second_begin,
12036 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_second_end,
12037 fde->dw_fde_second_begin, "Length");
12042 /* Output the terminator words. */
12043 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
12044 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
12047 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
12050 static unsigned int
12051 add_ranges_num (int num)
12053 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
12055 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
12057 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12058 ranges_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct, ranges_table,
12059 ranges_table_allocated);
12060 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
12061 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
12064 ranges_table[in_use].num = num;
12065 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
12067 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
12070 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
12071 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
12073 static unsigned int
12074 add_ranges (const_tree block)
12076 return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
12079 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
12083 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die, const char *begin, const char *end,
12086 unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use;
12087 unsigned int offset;
12089 if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated)
12091 ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12092 ranges_by_label = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct,
12094 ranges_by_label_allocated);
12095 memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0,
12096 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
12097 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct));
12100 ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin;
12101 ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end;
12102 ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1;
12104 offset = add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1);
12107 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, offset);
12113 output_ranges (void)
12116 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset %#x";
12117 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
12119 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
12121 int block_num = ranges_table[i].num;
12125 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12126 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12128 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
12129 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
12131 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
12132 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
12133 base of the text section. */
12134 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
12136 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
12137 text_section_label,
12138 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
12139 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
12140 text_section_label, NULL);
12143 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
12144 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
12145 about whether the target supports cross-section
12149 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
12150 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
12151 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
12157 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
12158 else if (block_num < 0)
12160 int lab_idx = - block_num - 1;
12162 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
12164 gcc_unreachable ();
12166 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
12167 function section, all we have to do is to take out
12168 the #if 0 above. */
12169 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
12170 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
12171 text_section_label,
12172 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
12173 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
12174 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
12175 text_section_label, NULL);
12180 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
12181 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
12182 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
12183 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
12184 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
12190 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
12191 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
12197 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
12200 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
12201 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
12202 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
12203 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
12204 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
12207 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
12211 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
12212 int length; /* Path length. */
12213 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
12214 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
12215 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
12218 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
12219 the directories in the path. */
12222 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
12224 const struct file_info *const s1 = (const struct file_info *) p1;
12225 const struct file_info *const s2 = (const struct file_info *) p2;
12226 const unsigned char *cp1;
12227 const unsigned char *cp2;
12229 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
12230 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
12231 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
12232 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
12233 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
12234 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
12235 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
12237 cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path;
12238 cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path;
12244 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
12245 if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)
12246 || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname))
12247 return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)
12248 - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname));
12250 /* Character of current path component the same? */
12251 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
12252 return *cp1 - *cp2;
12256 struct file_name_acquire_data
12258 struct file_info *files;
12263 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
12266 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
12268 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = (struct file_name_acquire_data *) data;
12269 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
12270 struct file_info *fi;
12273 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
12275 if (! d->emitted_number)
12278 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
12280 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
12282 /* Skip all leading "./". */
12284 while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
12287 /* Create a new array entry. */
12289 fi->length = strlen (f);
12292 /* Search for the file name part. */
12293 f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
12294 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
12296 char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
12300 if (f == NULL || f < g)
12306 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
12310 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
12311 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
12312 slowdowns with many input files. */
12315 output_file_names (void)
12317 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
12319 struct file_info *files;
12320 struct dir_info *dirs;
12328 if (!last_emitted_file)
12330 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
12331 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
12335 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
12337 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
12338 files = XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info, numfiles);
12339 dirs = XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info, numfiles);
12341 fnad.files = files;
12342 fnad.used_files = 0;
12343 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
12344 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
12345 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
12347 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
12349 /* Find all the different directories used. */
12350 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
12351 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
12352 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
12354 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
12355 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
12358 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
12359 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
12360 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
12361 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
12363 /* Same directory as last entry. */
12364 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
12365 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
12371 /* This is a new directory. */
12372 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
12373 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
12374 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
12375 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
12376 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
12378 /* Search for a prefix. */
12379 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
12380 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
12381 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
12382 && dirs[j].length > 1
12383 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
12384 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
12385 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
12386 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
12391 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
12392 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
12393 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
12394 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
12395 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
12396 results in most cases and never is much off. */
12397 saved = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
12398 savehere = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
12400 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
12401 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
12406 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
12407 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
12408 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
12409 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
12411 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
12414 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
12416 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
12420 k = dirs[j].prefix;
12421 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
12422 k = dirs[k].prefix;
12426 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
12427 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
12429 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
12430 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
12435 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
12437 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
12439 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
12440 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
12441 if (savehere[j] > 0)
12443 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
12444 saved[j] = savehere[j];
12446 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
12447 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
12452 /* Emit the directory name table. */
12453 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
12454 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
12455 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path,
12457 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR,
12458 "Directory Entry: %#x", i + idx_offset);
12460 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
12462 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
12463 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
12464 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
12465 backmap = XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles);
12466 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
12467 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
12469 /* Now write all the file names. */
12470 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
12472 int file_idx = backmap[i];
12473 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
12475 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12476 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
12478 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
12479 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
12484 int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path)
12485 + dirs[dir_idx].length
12486 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1;
12487 char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen);
12489 vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver);
12490 snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d",
12491 files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver);
12493 dw2_asm_output_nstring
12494 (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
12496 /* Include directory index. */
12497 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
12499 /* Modification time. */
12500 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
12501 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
12505 /* File length in bytes. */
12506 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
12507 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0)
12511 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
12512 "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
12514 /* Include directory index. */
12515 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
12517 /* Modification time. */
12518 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
12520 /* File length in bytes. */
12521 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
12522 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12525 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
12529 /* Output one line number table into the .debug_line section. */
12532 output_one_line_info_table (dw_line_info_table *table)
12534 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12535 unsigned int current_line = 1;
12536 bool current_is_stmt = DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START;
12537 dw_line_info_entry *ent;
12540 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_line_info_entry, table->entries, i, ent)
12542 switch (ent->opcode)
12544 case LI_set_address:
12545 /* ??? Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and
12546 must always use the most general form. GCC does not know the
12547 address delta itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many
12548 ports do have length attributes which will give an upper bound
12549 on the address range. We could perhaps use length attributes
12550 to determine when it is safe to use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
12551 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, ent->val);
12553 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
12554 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
12555 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "set address %s", line_label);
12556 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
12557 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
12558 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
12562 if (ent->val == current_line)
12564 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
12565 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy,
12566 "copy line %u", current_line);
12570 int line_offset = ent->val - current_line;
12571 int line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
12573 current_line = ent->val;
12574 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
12576 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
12577 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE.
12578 This takes 1 byte. */
12579 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
12580 "line %u", current_line);
12584 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
12585 depending on the value being encoded. */
12586 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
12587 "advance to line %u", current_line);
12588 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
12589 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, NULL);
12595 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "set file %u", ent->val);
12596 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent->val, "%u", ent->val);
12599 case LI_set_column:
12600 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_column, "column %u", ent->val);
12601 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent->val, "%u", ent->val);
12604 case LI_negate_stmt:
12605 current_is_stmt = !current_is_stmt;
12606 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_negate_stmt,
12607 "is_stmt %d", current_is_stmt);
12610 case LI_set_prologue_end:
12611 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_prologue_end,
12612 "set prologue end");
12615 case LI_set_epilogue_begin:
12616 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_epilogue_begin,
12617 "set epilogue begin");
12620 case LI_set_discriminator:
12621 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "discriminator %u", ent->val);
12622 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + size_of_uleb128 (ent->val), NULL);
12623 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_discriminator, NULL);
12624 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent->val, NULL);
12629 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the table. */
12630 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "set address %s", table->end_label);
12631 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
12632 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
12633 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, table->end_label, NULL);
12635 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end sequence");
12636 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
12637 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
12640 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
12641 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
12644 output_line_info (void)
12646 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
12647 int ver = dwarf_version;
12648 bool saw_one = false;
12651 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
12652 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
12653 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
12654 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
12656 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
12657 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12658 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12659 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
12660 "Length of Source Line Info");
12661 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
12663 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version");
12664 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
12665 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
12667 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in bytes).
12668 In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for information
12669 purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language, we have no
12670 a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are generated for each
12671 source line, and therefore can use only the DW_LNE_set_address and
12672 DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information commands. Accordingly, we fix
12673 this as '1', which is "correct enough" for all architectures,
12674 and don't let the target override. */
12675 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, "Minimum Instruction Length");
12678 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN,
12679 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
12680 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
12681 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
12682 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
12683 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
12684 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
12685 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
12686 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
12687 "Special Opcode Base");
12689 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
12694 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
12695 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
12696 case DW_LNS_set_file:
12697 case DW_LNS_set_column:
12698 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
12699 case DW_LNS_set_isa:
12707 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
12711 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
12712 output_file_names ();
12713 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
12715 if (separate_line_info)
12717 dw_line_info_table *table;
12720 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_line_info_table_p, separate_line_info, i, table)
12723 output_one_line_info_table (table);
12727 if (cold_text_section_line_info && cold_text_section_line_info->in_use)
12729 output_one_line_info_table (cold_text_section_line_info);
12733 /* ??? Some Darwin linkers crash on a .debug_line section with no
12734 sequences. Further, merely a DW_LNE_end_sequence entry is not
12735 sufficient -- the address column must also be initialized.
12736 Make sure to output at least one set_address/end_sequence pair,
12737 choosing .text since that section is always present. */
12738 if (text_section_line_info->in_use || !saw_one)
12739 output_one_line_info_table (text_section_line_info);
12741 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
12742 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
12745 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
12746 a DIE that describes the given type.
12748 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
12749 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
12752 base_type_die (tree type)
12754 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
12755 enum dwarf_type encoding;
12757 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
12760 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
12761 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
12762 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE)
12763 type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12765 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12768 if ((dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
12769 && TYPE_NAME (type)
12770 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
12771 && DECL_IS_BUILTIN (TYPE_NAME (type))
12772 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
12774 const char *name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)));
12775 if (strcmp (name, "char16_t") == 0
12776 || strcmp (name, "char32_t") == 0)
12778 encoding = DW_ATE_UTF;
12782 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
12784 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12785 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
12787 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
12789 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12790 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
12792 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
12796 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
12798 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
12799 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
12801 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12804 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
12807 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12808 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
12809 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12810 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12811 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
12813 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
12816 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
12817 a user defined type for it. */
12819 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
12820 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
12822 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12826 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
12827 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
12831 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
12832 gcc_unreachable ();
12835 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
12837 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
12838 int_size_in_bytes (type));
12839 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
12841 return base_type_result;
12844 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12845 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12848 is_base_type (tree type)
12850 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12856 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12864 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12865 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12866 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12869 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12877 gcc_unreachable ();
12883 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12884 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12885 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12886 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12887 ERROR_MARK node. */
12889 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12890 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
12892 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
12893 return BITS_PER_WORD;
12894 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
12896 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
12897 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
12899 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
12902 /* Similarly, but return a double_int instead of UHWI. */
12904 static inline double_int
12905 double_int_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
12907 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
12908 return uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_WORD);
12909 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
12910 return double_int_zero;
12911 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) == INTEGER_CST)
12912 return tree_to_double_int (TYPE_SIZE (type));
12914 return uhwi_to_double_int (TYPE_ALIGN (type));
12917 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12918 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12921 subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die)
12923 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
12924 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
12926 if (context_die == NULL)
12927 context_die = comp_unit_die ();
12929 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
12931 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
12933 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12934 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12935 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
12939 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low);
12941 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high);
12943 return subrange_die;
12946 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12947 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12950 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
12951 dw_die_ref context_die)
12953 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
12954 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
12955 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
12956 tree item_type = NULL;
12957 tree qualified_type;
12958 tree name, low, high;
12960 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
12963 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12966 = get_qualified_type (type,
12967 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
12968 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
12970 if (qualified_type == sizetype
12971 && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
12972 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL)
12974 tree t = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type));
12976 gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (t) == INTEGER_TYPE
12977 && TYPE_PRECISION (t)
12978 == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type)
12979 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (t)
12980 == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type));
12981 qualified_type = t;
12984 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12985 if (qualified_type)
12987 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12989 return mod_type_die;
12992 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
12994 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12995 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name)
12996 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name))
12998 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
13000 if (qualified_type == dtype)
13002 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
13003 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
13004 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
13006 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
13007 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
13008 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
13009 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
13010 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
13011 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
13012 type to which it refers. */
13013 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
13014 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
13016 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
13020 /* If both is_const_type and is_volatile_type, prefer the path
13021 which leads to a qualified type. */
13022 && (!is_volatile_type
13023 || get_qualified_type (type, TYPE_QUAL_CONST) == NULL_TREE
13024 || get_qualified_type (type, TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE) != NULL_TREE))
13026 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
13027 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
13029 else if (is_volatile_type)
13031 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
13032 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, is_const_type, 0, context_die);
13034 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
13036 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
13037 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
13038 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
13039 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
13040 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
13041 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
13042 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
13044 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
13046 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && use_debug_types)
13047 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, comp_unit_die (),
13050 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
13051 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
13052 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
13053 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
13054 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
13055 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
13056 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
13058 else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE
13059 && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE
13060 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high))
13062 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die);
13063 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
13065 else if (is_base_type (type))
13066 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
13069 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
13071 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
13072 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
13073 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
13074 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
13075 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
13077 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
13078 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
13080 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
13081 not the main variant. */
13082 return lookup_type_die (type);
13085 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
13086 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
13087 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
13088 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
13089 if the base type already has the same name. */
13091 && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL
13092 && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)
13093 || (!is_const_type && !is_volatile_type)))
13094 || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL
13095 && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type
13096 && DECL_NAME (name))))
13098 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
13099 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
13100 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
13101 useful source coordinates anyway. */
13102 name = DECL_NAME (name);
13103 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
13104 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (mod_type_die, type, context_die);
13106 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
13107 else if (mod_type_die && mod_type_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
13108 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, "__unknown__");
13110 if (qualified_type)
13111 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
13114 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
13115 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
13116 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
13117 types are possible in Ada. */
13118 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
13119 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
13120 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
13123 if (sub_die != NULL)
13124 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
13126 return mod_type_die;
13129 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
13130 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
13131 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
13134 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t)
13138 dw_die_ref die = NULL;
13140 if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t)))
13144 die = lookup_type_die (t);
13145 else if (DECL_P (t))
13146 die = lookup_decl_die (t);
13150 parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t);
13152 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
13153 or function. End of story. */
13156 parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms);
13157 args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t);
13158 for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++)
13160 tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems;
13162 parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i);
13163 arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i);
13164 arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg);
13165 gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg);
13167 if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg)
13169 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
13170 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
13171 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
13172 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
13173 an argument pack. */
13174 if (arg_pack_elems)
13175 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm),
13179 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg,
13180 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die);
13185 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
13186 the representation of a generic type parameter.
13187 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
13188 ARG is the argument to PARM.
13189 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
13191 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
13192 as a child node. */
13195 generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg,
13197 dw_die_ref parent_die)
13199 dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL;
13200 const char *name = NULL;
13202 if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg)
13205 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
13206 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
13207 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
13209 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
13210 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
13211 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm);
13212 else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL)
13213 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
13214 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm);
13215 else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
13216 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
13217 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
13218 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
13219 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
13220 name of the template template argument. */
13221 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param,
13224 gcc_unreachable ();
13230 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
13231 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
13232 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
13233 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
13237 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm));
13239 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name);
13242 if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
13244 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
13245 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
13246 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
13247 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
13248 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
13249 tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg);
13250 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type, 0,
13251 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type),
13256 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
13257 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
13258 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
13260 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
13261 to the name of the argument. */
13262 name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1);
13264 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name);
13267 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
13268 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
13269 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
13270 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
13272 We must be careful here:
13273 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
13274 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
13275 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
13276 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
13277 emitted after cgraph computations.
13278 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
13279 after cgraph is ready. */
13280 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg);
13286 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
13287 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
13288 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
13291 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
13292 tree parm_pack_args,
13293 dw_die_ref parent_die)
13298 gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack);
13300 die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack);
13301 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack);
13302 for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++)
13303 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack,
13304 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j),
13305 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
13310 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
13311 an enumerated type. */
13314 type_is_enum (const_tree type)
13316 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
13319 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
13321 static unsigned int
13322 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl)
13324 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
13326 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
13328 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
13329 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
13331 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
13332 if (leaf_reg != -1)
13333 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
13337 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
13340 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
13341 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
13342 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
13345 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
13347 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
13349 if (*list_head != NULL)
13351 /* Find the end of the chain. */
13352 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
13355 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
13356 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
13360 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
13361 zero if there is none. */
13363 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13364 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
13368 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13371 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
13372 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
13373 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
13374 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's.
13375 Use DW_OP_fbreg offset DW_OP_stack_value in this case. */
13376 if ((rtl == arg_pointer_rtx || rtl == frame_pointer_rtx)
13377 && eliminate_regs (rtl, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX) != rtl)
13379 dw_loc_descr_ref result = NULL;
13381 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
13383 result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, GET_MODE (rtl), VOIDmode,
13386 add_loc_descr (&result,
13387 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13392 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
13394 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
13395 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
13397 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
13400 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
13401 a given hard register number. */
13403 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13404 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
13406 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
13410 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0);
13412 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
13414 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13415 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13417 return reg_loc_descr;
13420 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
13421 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
13423 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13424 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
13425 enum var_init_status initialized)
13427 int nregs, size, i;
13429 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
13432 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
13433 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
13435 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
13436 if (leaf_reg != -1)
13437 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
13440 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
13441 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
13443 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
13444 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
13446 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
13451 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
13453 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
13454 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13455 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
13456 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
13462 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
13464 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
13466 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
13469 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
13471 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
13473 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
13474 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13475 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
13476 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
13477 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
13480 if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13481 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13485 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
13487 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13488 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
13490 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
13492 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
13493 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
13497 op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i);
13498 else if (i <= 0xff)
13499 op = DW_OP_const1u;
13500 else if (i <= 0xffff)
13501 op = DW_OP_const2u;
13502 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
13503 || i <= 0xffffffff)
13504 op = DW_OP_const4u;
13511 op = DW_OP_const1s;
13512 else if (i >= -0x8000)
13513 op = DW_OP_const2s;
13514 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
13515 || i >= -0x80000000)
13516 op = DW_OP_const4s;
13521 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
13524 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
13525 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
13527 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13528 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i)
13531 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
13533 if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13540 else if (i <= 0xff)
13542 else if (i <= 0xffff)
13544 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
13545 || i <= 0xffffffff)
13548 litsize = 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i);
13554 else if (i >= -0x8000)
13556 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
13557 || i >= -0x80000000)
13560 litsize = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i);
13562 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
13563 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
13564 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
13565 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
13566 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
13567 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size)
13569 loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i);
13570 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
13571 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13575 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13577 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
13578 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i;
13582 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
13584 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13585 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
13586 enum var_init_status initialized)
13588 unsigned int regno;
13589 dw_loc_descr_ref result;
13590 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
13592 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
13593 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
13594 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
13595 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
13596 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
13598 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
13602 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
13604 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
13605 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
13607 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
13608 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13609 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
13610 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
13611 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13612 : stack_pointer_rtx));
13614 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
13615 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
13616 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
13617 access stack variables. */
13618 if (crtl->stack_realign_tried
13619 && reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
13622 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
13623 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
13625 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset);
13628 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
13629 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
13634 && (fde->drap_reg == REGNO (reg)
13635 || fde->vdrap_reg == REGNO (reg)))
13637 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
13638 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
13639 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
13640 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
13641 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
13642 else in other part of the routine. */
13643 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
13646 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
13648 result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno),
13651 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
13653 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13654 add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13659 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
13662 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl)
13664 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
13665 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13666 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
13667 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))));
13670 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
13673 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13674 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem)
13677 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
13679 if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || MEM_OFFSET (mem) == NULL_RTX)
13682 base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem));
13684 || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL
13685 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base))
13688 loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1);
13689 if (loc_result == NULL)
13692 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)))
13693 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)));
13698 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
13702 expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason)
13704 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
13706 fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
13708 print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags);
13711 fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
13712 print_rtl (dump_file, rtl);
13714 fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason);
13718 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
13719 or via for_each_rtx. */
13722 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx *rtlp, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13726 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSPEC)
13728 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
13729 we can't express it in the debug info. */
13730 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13731 /* Don't complain about TLS UNSPECs, those are just too hard to
13733 if (XVECLEN (rtl, 0) != 1
13734 || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
13735 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0)) == NULL
13736 || TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0))) != VAR_DECL
13737 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0))))
13738 inform (current_function_decl
13739 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl)
13740 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
13741 #if NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES > 0
13742 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %s (%d) found in variable location",
13743 ((XINT (rtl, 1) >= 0 && XINT (rtl, 1) < NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES)
13744 ? unspec_strings[XINT (rtl, 1)] : "unknown"),
13747 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
13751 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13752 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
13756 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF)
13759 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
13762 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
13763 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
13764 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
13767 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13768 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
13773 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
13776 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
13777 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
13778 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
13779 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
13780 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
13781 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl))
13783 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
13785 if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
13787 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13788 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
13796 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
13797 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
13798 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
13801 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl)
13803 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF)
13804 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl, NULL) == 0;
13806 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
13807 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), const_ok_for_output_1, NULL) == 0;
13812 /* Return a reference to DW_TAG_base_type corresponding to MODE and UNSIGNEDP
13813 if possible, NULL otherwise. */
13816 base_type_for_mode (enum machine_mode mode, bool unsignedp)
13818 dw_die_ref type_die;
13819 tree type = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, unsignedp);
13823 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
13831 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
13833 type_die = modified_type_die (type, false, false, comp_unit_die ());
13834 if (type_die == NULL || type_die->die_tag != DW_TAG_base_type)
13839 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
13840 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
13841 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
13842 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
13844 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
13845 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
13846 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
13847 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
13849 MODE is the mode that should be assumed for the rtl if it is VOIDmode.
13851 MEM_MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
13852 autoincrement addressing modes.
13854 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
13856 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13857 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
13858 enum machine_mode mem_mode,
13859 enum var_init_status initialized)
13861 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
13862 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
13863 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
13865 if (mode == VOIDmode)
13866 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13868 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
13869 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
13870 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
13871 zeroth element of the array. */
13873 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
13875 if (mode != GET_MODE (rtl) && GET_MODE (rtl) != VOIDmode)
13878 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
13883 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode, initialized);
13886 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13887 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13888 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13889 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13890 contains the given subreg. */
13891 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
13893 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
13894 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl))) == MODE_INT
13895 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13896 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13898 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl),
13899 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl)),
13900 mem_mode, initialized);
13905 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl))))
13907 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl)))
13908 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
13909 || GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl))) != MODE_INT))
13913 dw_die_ref type_die;
13914 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
13916 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl),
13917 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl)),
13918 mode, initialized);
13919 if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
13921 type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode, 0);
13922 if (type_die == NULL)
13924 mem_loc_result = NULL;
13927 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)
13928 != GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl))))
13929 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
13931 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret, 0, 0);
13932 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
13933 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
13934 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
13935 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, cvt);
13940 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
13941 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13943 dw_die_ref type_die;
13947 if (REGNO (rtl) > FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13949 type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode, 0);
13950 if (type_die == NULL)
13952 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_regval_type,
13953 dbx_reg_number (rtl), 0);
13954 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
13955 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
13956 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
13959 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
13960 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
13961 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
13962 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
13963 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
13964 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
13965 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
13966 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
13967 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
13968 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
13969 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
13970 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
13971 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
13972 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13973 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13974 else if (stack_realign_drap
13976 && crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer == rtl
13977 && REGNO (crtl->drap_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13979 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
13980 out, use DRAP instead. */
13981 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (crtl->drap_reg, 0,
13982 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13988 gcc_assert (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT);
13989 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
13990 mem_mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13993 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13995 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13996 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13997 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13998 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTEND)
14002 mem_loc_result = op0;
14003 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
14004 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
14005 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
14006 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14008 else if (!dwarf_strict)
14010 dw_die_ref type_die1, type_die2;
14011 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
14013 type_die1 = base_type_for_mode (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
14014 GET_CODE (rtl) == ZERO_EXTEND);
14015 if (type_die1 == NULL)
14017 type_die2 = base_type_for_mode (mode, 0);
14018 if (type_die2 == NULL)
14020 mem_loc_result = op0;
14021 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
14022 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
14023 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die1;
14024 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
14025 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, cvt);
14026 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
14027 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
14028 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die2;
14029 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
14030 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, cvt);
14035 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0),
14036 get_address_mode (rtl), mode,
14037 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14038 if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
14039 mem_loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
14040 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
14042 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14043 || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
14045 dw_die_ref type_die;
14046 dw_loc_descr_ref deref;
14050 type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode, 0);
14051 if (type_die == NULL)
14053 deref = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_deref_type,
14054 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
14055 deref->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
14056 deref->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
14057 deref->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
14058 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, deref);
14060 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14061 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
14063 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
14064 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size,
14065 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
14069 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
14070 if (new_rtl != rtl)
14071 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, mem_mode, initialized);
14076 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode, initialized);
14079 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
14080 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
14084 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14085 || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
14087 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
14088 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
14090 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
14092 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
14093 if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
14096 /* We used to emit DW_OP_addr here, but that's wrong, since
14097 DW_OP_addr should be relocated by the debug info consumer,
14098 while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address operand should not. */
14099 temp = new_loc_descr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE == 4
14100 ? DW_OP_const4u : DW_OP_const8u, 0, 0);
14101 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14102 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14103 temp->dtprel = true;
14105 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
14106 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, temp);
14111 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
14115 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
14116 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14117 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14118 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
14124 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR:
14125 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
14126 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
14132 if (REG_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl)))
14134 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
14135 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14136 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl), mode,
14137 VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14140 = one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl)),
14141 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14143 else if (MEM_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl))
14144 && REG_P (XEXP (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl), 0)))
14146 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl), mode,
14147 VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14148 if (op0 && op0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg)
14152 gcc_unreachable ();
14155 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_entry_value, 0, 0);
14156 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14157 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = op0;
14158 return mem_loc_result;
14161 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
14162 PLUS code below. */
14163 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
14168 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
14170 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
14171 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
14172 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mem_mode)
14173 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mem_mode)));
14175 /* ... fall through ... */
14179 if (is_based_loc (rtl)
14180 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14181 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT)
14182 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
14183 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
14184 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14187 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
14188 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14189 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
14192 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
14193 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14194 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
14197 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
14198 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
14199 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14200 if (mem_loc_result2 == 0)
14202 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_result2);
14203 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
14204 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14209 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
14210 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
14240 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
14241 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14242 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1),
14243 GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == VOIDmode
14244 ? mode : GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)), mem_mode,
14245 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14247 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
14250 mem_loc_result = op0;
14251 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
14252 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14268 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
14269 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14270 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
14271 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14273 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
14276 mem_loc_result = op0;
14277 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
14278 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14282 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
14283 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14284 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
14285 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14287 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
14290 mem_loc_result = op0;
14291 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
14292 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14293 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14294 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
14295 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
14296 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
14312 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
14313 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14318 mem_loc_result = op0;
14319 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14323 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14325 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
14329 && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14330 || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
14332 dw_die_ref type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode, 0);
14333 if (type_die == NULL)
14335 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_const_type, 0,
14337 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
14338 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
14339 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
14340 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
14341 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
14344 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class
14345 = dw_val_class_const_double;
14346 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double
14347 = shwi_to_double_int (INTVAL (rtl));
14355 dw_die_ref type_die;
14357 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
14358 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
14359 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
14360 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
14361 if (mode == VOIDmode
14362 || (GET_MODE (rtl) == VOIDmode
14363 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) != 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
14365 type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode, 0);
14366 if (type_die == NULL)
14368 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_const_type, 0, 0);
14369 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
14370 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
14371 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
14372 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
14374 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
14375 unsigned char *array
14376 = (unsigned char*) ggc_alloc_atomic (length);
14378 insert_float (rtl, array);
14379 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
14380 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
14381 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
14382 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
14386 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class
14387 = dw_val_class_const_double;
14388 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double
14389 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl);
14420 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
14422 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
14423 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
14424 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
14428 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT
14429 || GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE))
14432 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), op_mode, mem_mode,
14433 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14434 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), op_mode, mem_mode,
14435 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14437 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
14440 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) == MODE_INT
14441 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14443 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode);
14444 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
14445 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
14446 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
14447 if (op == DW_OP_eq || op == DW_OP_ne)
14449 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
14451 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
14452 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
14455 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
14456 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
14458 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
14459 whether they are zero extended or not. */
14460 if (((last0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
14461 && last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
14462 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
14463 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
14464 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
14465 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
14466 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
14467 && ((last1->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
14468 && last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
14469 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
14470 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
14471 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
14472 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
14473 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
14474 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)))))
14477 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
14478 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
14479 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
14480 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift);
14483 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
14484 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
14490 mem_loc_result = op0;
14491 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
14492 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14493 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1)
14495 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
14496 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE));
14497 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
14519 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
14521 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
14522 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
14523 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
14525 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
14528 if (dwarf_strict && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14531 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
14534 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), op_mode, mem_mode,
14535 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14536 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), op_mode, mem_mode,
14537 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14539 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
14542 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14544 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
14545 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
14547 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
14548 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
14551 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
14552 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
14554 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
14555 op0 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & mask);
14556 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
14557 else if (last0->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
14558 || last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
14559 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
14561 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
14562 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
14564 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
14565 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask);
14566 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
14567 else if (last1->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
14568 || last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
14569 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
14571 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
14572 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
14575 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14577 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
14578 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
14579 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
14580 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
14581 op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias
14582 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
14584 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
14589 dw_die_ref type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode, 1);
14590 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
14592 if (type_die == NULL)
14594 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
14595 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
14596 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
14597 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
14598 add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
14599 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
14600 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
14601 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
14602 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
14603 add_loc_descr (&op1, cvt);
14610 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
14616 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
14617 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE))
14620 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
14621 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14622 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
14623 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14625 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
14628 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
14629 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
14630 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14631 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX)
14633 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14635 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
14636 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
14637 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
14638 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
14639 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
14641 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14643 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
14644 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
14645 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
14646 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
14650 dw_die_ref type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode, 1);
14651 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
14653 if (type_die == NULL)
14655 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
14656 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
14657 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
14658 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
14659 add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
14660 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
14661 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
14662 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
14663 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
14664 add_loc_descr (&op1, cvt);
14667 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
14668 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14670 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
14671 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
14672 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
14673 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
14674 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
14675 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
14678 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN)
14682 mem_loc_result = op0;
14683 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
14684 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14686 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node;
14688 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
14689 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node);
14690 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
14691 drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
14692 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node);
14693 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14694 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
14700 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
14701 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 2))
14702 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
14703 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2))
14704 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
14705 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
14706 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14707 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14710 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
14711 mem_mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14714 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
14718 mem_loc_result = op0;
14719 size = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
14720 shift = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2));
14721 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
14722 shift = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
14724 if (shift + size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14726 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
14727 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14729 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
14731 if (size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14733 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
14734 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - size));
14735 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14742 dw_loc_descr_ref op2, bra_node, drop_node;
14743 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0),
14744 GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == VOIDmode
14745 ? word_mode : GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
14746 mem_mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14747 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
14748 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14749 op2 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 2), mode, mem_mode,
14750 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14751 if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL || op2 == NULL)
14754 mem_loc_result = op1;
14755 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op2);
14756 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op0);
14757 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
14758 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node);
14759 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
14760 drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
14761 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node);
14762 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14763 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
14768 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
14770 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
14775 dw_die_ref type_die;
14776 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
14778 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
14779 mem_mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14782 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) == MODE_INT
14783 && (GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSIGNED_FLOAT
14784 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
14785 <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE))
14787 type_die = base_type_for_mode (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
14788 GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSIGNED_FLOAT);
14789 if (type_die == NULL)
14791 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
14792 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
14793 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
14794 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
14795 add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
14797 type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode, GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSIGNED_FIX);
14798 if (type_die == NULL)
14800 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
14801 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
14802 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
14803 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
14804 add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
14805 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
14806 && (GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSIGNED_FIX
14807 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE))
14809 enum machine_mode outer_mode = mode;
14810 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14812 outer_mode = mode_for_size (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT,
14814 if (outer_mode == BLKmode
14815 || GET_MODE_SIZE (outer_mode) != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14818 type_die = base_type_for_mode (outer_mode, 0);
14819 if (type_die == NULL)
14821 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
14822 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
14823 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
14824 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
14825 add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
14827 mem_loc_result = op0;
14835 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
14836 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
14862 case FRACT_CONVERT:
14863 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT:
14865 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT:
14877 case VEC_DUPLICATE:
14881 case STRICT_LOW_PART:
14884 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
14885 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
14890 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
14894 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14895 print_rtl (stderr, rtl);
14896 gcc_unreachable ();
14902 if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
14903 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
14905 return mem_loc_result;
14908 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
14909 This is typically a complex variable. */
14911 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14912 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized)
14914 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
14915 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
14916 = loc_descriptor (x0, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14917 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
14918 = loc_descriptor (x1, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14920 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
14923 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
14924 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
14926 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
14927 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
14929 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
14930 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
14932 return cc_loc_result;
14935 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
14938 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14939 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized)
14942 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
14943 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
14945 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
14947 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
14948 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
14950 ref = loc_descriptor (x, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14954 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
14955 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
14958 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
14959 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
14961 return cc_loc_result;
14964 /* Helper function for loc_descriptor. Return DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
14965 for DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR RTL. */
14967 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14968 implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtx rtl, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
14970 dw_loc_descr_ref ret;
14975 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl)) == VAR_DECL
14976 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl)) == PARM_DECL
14977 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl)) == RESULT_DECL);
14978 ref = lookup_decl_die (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl));
14979 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer, 0, offset);
14980 ret->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
14983 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
14984 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = ref;
14985 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
14989 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_decl_ref;
14990 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_decl_ref = DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl);
14995 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
14996 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
14997 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
14998 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
14999 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
15001 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
15002 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
15003 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
15005 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
15007 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15008 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
15009 enum var_init_status initialized)
15011 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
15013 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
15016 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
15017 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
15018 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
15019 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
15020 contains the given subreg. */
15021 if (REG_P (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) && subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
15022 loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl), mode, initialized);
15028 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
15032 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), get_address_mode (rtl),
15033 GET_MODE (rtl), initialized);
15034 if (loc_result == NULL)
15035 loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
15036 if (loc_result == NULL)
15038 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
15039 if (new_rtl != rtl)
15040 loc_result = loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
15045 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1),
15050 loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
15055 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl)) != PARALLEL)
15057 rtx loc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl);
15058 if (GET_CODE (loc) == EXPR_LIST)
15059 loc = XEXP (loc, 0);
15060 loc_result = loc_descriptor (loc, mode, initialized);
15064 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
15069 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
15070 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
15071 enum machine_mode mode;
15074 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
15075 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
15076 VOIDmode, initialized);
15077 if (loc_result == NULL)
15079 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
15080 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
15081 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
15083 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
15085 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
15086 VOIDmode, initialized);
15089 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
15090 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
15091 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
15097 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
15098 loc_result = address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode),
15103 if (mode == VOIDmode)
15104 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15106 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
15108 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
15110 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
15111 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
15112 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
15113 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
15114 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
15115 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
15116 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
15118 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
15119 unsigned char *array
15120 = (unsigned char*) ggc_alloc_atomic (length);
15122 insert_float (rtl, array);
15123 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
15124 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
15125 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
15126 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
15130 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
15131 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double
15132 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl);
15138 if (mode == VOIDmode)
15139 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15141 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
15143 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
15144 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
15145 unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *)
15146 ggc_alloc_atomic (length * elt_size);
15150 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
15151 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
15153 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
15154 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15156 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15157 double_int val = rtx_to_double_int (elt);
15159 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
15160 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val), elt_size, p);
15163 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
15164 insert_double (val, p);
15169 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
15170 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15172 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15173 insert_float (elt, p);
15178 gcc_unreachable ();
15181 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
15182 length * elt_size, 0);
15183 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
15184 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length;
15185 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
15186 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
15191 if (mode == VOIDmode
15192 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_INT
15193 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
15194 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR)
15196 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
15201 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
15204 if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15205 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
15207 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
15208 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
15209 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
15210 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15211 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
15215 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR:
15216 loc_result = implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtl, 0);
15220 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
15221 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
15224 = implicit_ptr_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
15230 if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode
15231 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15232 && dwarf_version >= 4)
15233 || (!dwarf_strict && mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode))
15235 /* Value expression. */
15236 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VOIDmode, initialized);
15238 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
15239 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15247 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
15248 address ranges where a given location is valid.
15249 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
15250 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
15251 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
15252 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
15254 static const char *
15255 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl)
15257 const char *secname;
15259 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
15261 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
15262 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
15264 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
15266 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
15267 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
15269 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
15270 secname = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
15272 secname = text_section_label;
15277 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
15280 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl)
15282 return ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL
15283 || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
15284 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl));
15287 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
15290 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15291 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc, rtx varloc, int want_address,
15292 enum var_init_status initialized)
15294 int have_address = 0;
15295 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
15296 enum machine_mode mode;
15298 if (want_address != 2)
15300 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION);
15302 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL)
15304 varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc);
15305 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST)
15306 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
15307 mode = GET_MODE (varloc);
15308 if (MEM_P (varloc))
15310 rtx addr = XEXP (varloc, 0);
15311 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (addr, get_address_mode (varloc),
15312 mode, initialized);
15317 rtx x = avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc);
15319 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, VOIDmode,
15324 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, VOIDmode, initialized);
15331 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION)
15332 mode = DECL_MODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (varloc));
15334 mode = DECL_MODE (loc);
15335 descr = loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
15342 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
15343 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
15345 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
15347 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15348 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15351 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15354 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
15355 if (want_address && !have_address)
15357 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15358 "Want address and only have value");
15362 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
15363 if (!want_address && have_address)
15365 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
15366 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
15368 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
15370 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15371 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15374 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
15377 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
15379 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
15385 /* Create a DW_OP_piece or DW_OP_bit_piece for bitsize, or return NULL
15386 if it is not possible. */
15388 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15389 new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
15391 if ((bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0 && offset == 0)
15392 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT, 0);
15393 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
15394 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bit_piece, bitsize, offset);
15399 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
15400 for VAR_LOC_NOTE for variable DECL that has been optimized by SRA. */
15402 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15403 dw_sra_loc_expr (tree decl, rtx loc)
15406 unsigned int padsize = 0;
15407 dw_loc_descr_ref descr, *descr_tail;
15408 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT decl_size;
15410 enum var_init_status initialized;
15412 if (DECL_SIZE (decl) == NULL
15413 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
15416 decl_size = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1);
15418 descr_tail = &descr;
15420 for (p = loc; p; p = XEXP (p, 1))
15422 unsigned int bitsize = decl_piece_bitsize (p);
15423 rtx loc_note = *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (p);
15424 dw_loc_descr_ref cur_descr;
15425 dw_loc_descr_ref *tail, last = NULL;
15426 unsigned int opsize = 0;
15428 if (loc_note == NULL_RTX
15429 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note) == NULL_RTX)
15431 padsize += bitsize;
15434 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note);
15435 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_note);
15436 cur_descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, 2, initialized);
15437 if (cur_descr == NULL)
15439 padsize += bitsize;
15443 /* Check that cur_descr either doesn't use
15444 DW_OP_*piece operations, or their sum is equal
15445 to bitsize. Otherwise we can't embed it. */
15446 for (tail = &cur_descr; *tail != NULL;
15447 tail = &(*tail)->dw_loc_next)
15448 if ((*tail)->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_piece)
15450 opsize += (*tail)->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned
15454 else if ((*tail)->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bit_piece)
15456 opsize += (*tail)->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
15460 if (last != NULL && opsize != bitsize)
15462 padsize += bitsize;
15466 /* If there is a hole, add DW_OP_*piece after empty DWARF
15467 expression, which means that those bits are optimized out. */
15470 if (padsize > decl_size)
15472 decl_size -= padsize;
15473 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (padsize, 0);
15474 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
15476 descr_tail = &(*descr_tail)->dw_loc_next;
15479 *descr_tail = cur_descr;
15481 if (bitsize > decl_size)
15483 decl_size -= bitsize;
15486 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
15487 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION
15488 && GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL)
15490 varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc);
15491 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST)
15492 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
15496 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == CONST
15497 || GET_CODE (varloc) == SIGN_EXTEND
15498 || GET_CODE (varloc) == ZERO_EXTEND)
15499 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
15500 else if (GET_CODE (varloc) == SUBREG)
15501 varloc = SUBREG_REG (varloc);
15506 /* DW_OP_bit_size offset should be zero for register
15507 or implicit location descriptions and empty location
15508 descriptions, but for memory addresses needs big endian
15510 if (MEM_P (varloc))
15512 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT memsize
15513 = INTVAL (MEM_SIZE (varloc)) * BITS_PER_UNIT;
15514 if (memsize != bitsize)
15516 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN != WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
15517 && (memsize > BITS_PER_WORD || bitsize > BITS_PER_WORD))
15519 if (memsize < bitsize)
15521 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
15522 offset = memsize - bitsize;
15526 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (bitsize, offset);
15527 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
15529 descr_tail = &(*descr_tail)->dw_loc_next;
15533 /* If there were any non-empty expressions, add padding till the end of
15535 if (descr != NULL && decl_size != 0)
15537 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (decl_size, 0);
15538 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
15544 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
15545 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
15548 static dw_loc_list_ref
15549 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list *loc_list, tree decl, int want_address)
15551 const char *endname, *secname;
15553 enum var_init_status initialized;
15554 struct var_loc_node *node;
15555 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
15556 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
15557 dw_loc_list_ref list = NULL;
15558 dw_loc_list_ref *listp = &list;
15560 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
15561 actually construct the list of locations.
15562 The first location information is what is passed to the
15563 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
15564 locations just get added on to that list.
15565 Note that we only know the start address for a location
15566 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
15567 the range [current location start, next location start].
15568 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
15569 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
15571 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
15573 for (node = loc_list->first; node; node = node->next)
15574 if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST
15575 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->loc) != NULL_RTX)
15577 if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST)
15579 /* This requires DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, which is not usable
15580 inside DWARF expressions. */
15581 if (want_address != 2)
15583 descr = dw_sra_loc_expr (decl, node->loc);
15589 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->loc);
15590 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->loc);
15591 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
15595 bool range_across_switch = false;
15596 /* If section switch happens in between node->label
15597 and node->next->label (or end of function) and
15598 we can't emit it as a single entry list,
15599 emit two ranges, first one ending at the end
15600 of first partition and second one starting at the
15601 beginning of second partition. */
15602 if (node == loc_list->last_before_switch
15603 && (node != loc_list->first || loc_list->first->next)
15604 && current_function_decl)
15606 endname = current_fde ()->dw_fde_end;
15607 range_across_switch = true;
15609 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
15610 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
15611 else if (node->next)
15612 endname = node->next->label;
15613 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
15614 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
15615 else if (!current_function_decl)
15616 endname = text_end_label;
15619 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
15620 current_function_funcdef_no);
15621 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
15624 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, endname, secname);
15625 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
15627 if (range_across_switch)
15629 if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST)
15630 descr = dw_sra_loc_expr (decl, node->loc);
15633 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->loc);
15634 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->loc);
15635 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address,
15638 gcc_assert (descr);
15639 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
15640 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
15642 endname = node->next->label;
15644 endname = current_fde ()->dw_fde_second_end;
15645 *listp = new_loc_list (descr,
15646 current_fde ()->dw_fde_second_begin,
15648 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
15653 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
15654 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
15655 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
15656 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
15657 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
15659 if (list && loc_list->first->next)
15665 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
15666 as location description. */
15669 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list)
15671 gcc_assert (!list->dw_loc_next || list->ll_symbol);
15672 return !list->ll_symbol;
15675 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
15678 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list, dw_loc_descr_ref ref)
15680 dw_loc_descr_ref copy;
15681 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, ref);
15682 list = list->dw_loc_next;
15685 copy = ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node ();
15686 memcpy (copy, ref, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
15687 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, copy);
15688 while (copy->dw_loc_next)
15690 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy = ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node ();
15691 memcpy (new_copy, copy->dw_loc_next, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
15692 copy->dw_loc_next = new_copy;
15695 list = list->dw_loc_next;
15699 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
15700 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
15701 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
15702 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
15704 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
15705 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
15706 and merging them that will need some additional work.
15707 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
15711 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *ret, dw_loc_list_ref list)
15720 if (!list->dw_loc_next)
15722 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret, list->expr);
15725 if (!(*ret)->dw_loc_next)
15727 add_loc_descr_to_each (list, (*ret)->expr);
15731 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX,
15732 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
15733 " location lists.\n");
15738 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
15739 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
15741 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15742 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc)
15744 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
15745 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
15747 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
15752 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
15754 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
15755 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
15757 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0))))
15759 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15760 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
15763 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), get_address_mode (rtl),
15764 GET_MODE (rtl), VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
15767 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
15768 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
15769 into simple arithmetics. */
15771 static dw_loc_list_ref
15772 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc, bool toplev)
15775 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
15776 enum machine_mode mode;
15778 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
15779 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
15781 obj = get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
15782 &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
15783 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
15785 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT)
15787 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "bitfield access");
15790 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj))
15792 expansion_failed (obj,
15793 NULL_RTX, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
15796 if (!offset && !bitpos)
15797 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), toplev ? 2 : 1);
15799 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15800 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
15802 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), 0);
15807 /* Variable offset. */
15808 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
15809 if (list_ret1 == 0)
15811 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
15814 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
15815 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
15817 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15819 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
15820 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
15822 else if (bytepos < 0)
15823 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
15824 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
15825 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15831 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
15832 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
15833 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
15834 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
15835 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
15836 to refer to register values). */
15838 static dw_loc_list_ref
15839 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
15841 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL, ret1 = NULL;
15842 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
15843 int have_address = 0;
15844 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
15846 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
15847 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
15850 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
15853 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "ERROR_MARK");
15856 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
15857 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
15858 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
15859 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
15860 the names of types. */
15861 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
15865 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CALL_EXPR");
15866 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
15869 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
15870 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
15871 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
15872 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
15873 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
15874 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
15878 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
15879 e.g. for &this->field. */
15882 list_ret = loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
15883 (loc, want_address == 2);
15886 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
15887 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
15890 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
15891 if (!list_ret && !ret)
15892 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
15896 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
15902 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
15905 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op;
15906 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op;
15907 bool dtprel = false;
15909 if (targetm.have_tls)
15911 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
15913 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
15916 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
15917 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
15918 module. We used DW_OP_addr as first op, but that's
15919 wrong, because DW_OP_addr is relocated by the debug
15920 info consumer, while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
15921 operand shouldn't be. */
15922 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc) && !targetm.binds_local_p (loc))
15924 first_op = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE == 4 ? DW_OP_const4u : DW_OP_const8u;
15926 second_op = DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address;
15930 if (!targetm.emutls.debug_form_tls_address
15931 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
15933 /* We stuffed the control variable into the DECL_VALUE_EXPR
15934 to signal (via DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P) that the decl should
15935 no longer appear in gimple code. We used the control
15936 variable in specific so that we could pick it up here. */
15937 loc = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc);
15938 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
15939 second_op = DW_OP_form_tls_address;
15942 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
15943 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
15948 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
15949 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
15952 ret = new_loc_descr (first_op, 0, 0);
15953 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
15954 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
15955 ret->dtprel = dtprel;
15957 ret1 = new_loc_descr (second_op, 0, 0);
15958 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
15967 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
15968 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
15972 case FUNCTION_DECL:
15975 var_loc_list *loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (loc);
15977 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
15979 list_ret = dw_loc_list (loc_list, loc, want_address);
15980 have_address = want_address != 0;
15983 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
15984 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
15986 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DECL has no RTL");
15989 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl))
15991 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
15992 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
15993 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
15994 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
15996 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15998 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CONST_STRING");
16001 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl) && const_ok_for_output (rtl))
16003 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
16004 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
16005 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
16009 enum machine_mode mode, mem_mode;
16011 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
16012 if (want_address == 2)
16014 ret = loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode,
16015 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
16020 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
16021 mem_mode = VOIDmode;
16025 mode = get_address_mode (rtl);
16026 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
16029 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode,
16030 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
16033 expansion_failed (loc, rtl,
16034 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
16041 if (!integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)))
16045 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
16049 case COMPOUND_EXPR:
16050 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
16053 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16056 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
16058 case COMPONENT_REF:
16059 case BIT_FIELD_REF:
16061 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
16062 case REALPART_EXPR:
16063 case IMAGPART_EXPR:
16066 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
16067 enum machine_mode mode;
16069 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
16071 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
16072 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
16074 gcc_assert (obj != loc);
16076 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (obj,
16078 && !bitpos && !offset ? 2 : 1);
16079 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
16080 for nonzero bitpos. */
16083 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
16085 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
16086 "bitfield access");
16090 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
16092 /* Variable offset. */
16093 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
16094 if (list_ret1 == 0)
16096 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
16099 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
16102 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
16104 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
16105 else if (bytepos < 0)
16106 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
16113 if ((want_address || !host_integerp (loc, 0))
16114 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
16116 else if (want_address == 2
16117 && host_integerp (loc, 0)
16118 && (ret = address_of_int_loc_descriptor
16119 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)),
16120 tree_low_cst (loc, 0))))
16122 else if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
16123 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
16126 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
16127 "Integer operand is not host integer");
16136 if ((ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
16139 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
16140 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
16141 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
16144 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
16145 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
16150 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
16155 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
16156 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
16161 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
16162 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
16163 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
16164 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
16165 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
16174 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
16175 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
16176 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
16177 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
16178 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
16183 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
16184 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
16185 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
16188 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
16191 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
16192 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
16193 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
16194 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
16195 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
16207 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
16210 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
16212 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
16214 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
16218 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
16226 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
16233 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
16240 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
16247 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
16262 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
16263 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
16264 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
16267 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
16270 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
16273 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
16287 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
16291 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
16297 const enum tree_code code =
16298 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
16300 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
16301 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
16302 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
16303 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
16306 /* ... fall through ... */
16310 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
16311 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
16312 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
16313 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
16314 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
16316 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
16317 if (list_ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
16320 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
16321 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, bra_node);
16323 add_loc_list (&list_ret, rhs);
16324 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
16325 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, jump_node);
16327 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, lhs);
16328 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
16329 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
16331 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
16332 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
16333 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, tmp);
16334 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
16335 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
16339 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
16343 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
16344 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
16345 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
16346 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
16348 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
16349 "language specific tree node");
16353 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
16354 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
16355 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
16356 gcc_unreachable ();
16358 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
16359 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
16364 if (!ret && !list_ret)
16367 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
16368 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
16370 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
16372 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
16373 "DWARF address size mismatch");
16377 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
16379 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
16380 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
16383 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
16384 if (want_address && !have_address)
16386 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
16387 "Want address and only have value");
16391 gcc_assert (!ret || !list_ret);
16393 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
16394 if (!want_address && have_address)
16396 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
16398 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
16400 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
16401 "DWARF address size mismatch");
16404 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
16407 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
16410 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
16412 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
16415 list_ret = new_loc_list (ret, NULL, NULL, NULL);
16420 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
16421 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16422 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
16424 dw_loc_list_ref ret = loc_list_from_tree (loc, want_address);
16427 if (ret->dw_loc_next)
16429 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
16430 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
16436 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
16437 which is not less than the value itself. */
16439 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
16440 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
16442 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
16445 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
16446 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
16447 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
16448 ERROR_MARK node. */
16451 field_type (const_tree decl)
16455 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
16456 return integer_type_node;
16458 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
16459 if (type == NULL_TREE)
16460 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
16465 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
16466 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
16467 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
16469 static inline unsigned
16470 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type)
16472 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
16475 static inline unsigned
16476 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl)
16478 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
16481 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
16483 static inline double_int
16484 round_up_to_align (double_int t, unsigned int align)
16486 double_int alignd = uhwi_to_double_int (align);
16487 t = double_int_add (t, alignd);
16488 t = double_int_add (t, double_int_minus_one);
16489 t = double_int_div (t, alignd, true, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR);
16490 t = double_int_mul (t, alignd);
16494 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
16495 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
16496 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
16497 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
16498 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
16501 static HOST_WIDE_INT
16502 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl)
16504 double_int object_offset_in_bits;
16505 double_int object_offset_in_bytes;
16506 double_int bitpos_int;
16508 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
16511 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
16513 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
16514 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
16515 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
16516 if (TREE_CODE (bit_position (decl)) != INTEGER_CST)
16519 bitpos_int = tree_to_double_int (bit_position (decl));
16521 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
16522 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS)
16525 tree field_size_tree;
16526 double_int deepest_bitpos;
16527 double_int field_size_in_bits;
16528 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
16529 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
16530 double_int type_size_in_bits;
16532 type = field_type (decl);
16533 type_size_in_bits = double_int_type_size_in_bits (type);
16534 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
16536 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
16538 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
16539 a flexible array member. */
16540 if (!field_size_tree)
16541 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
16543 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
16544 if (TREE_CODE (field_size_tree) == INTEGER_CST)
16545 field_size_in_bits = tree_to_double_int (field_size_tree);
16547 field_size_in_bits = type_size_in_bits;
16549 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
16551 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
16552 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
16553 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
16554 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
16555 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
16556 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
16557 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
16558 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
16559 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
16561 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
16563 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
16564 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
16565 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
16566 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
16567 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
16568 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
16569 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
16570 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
16571 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
16572 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
16573 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
16575 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
16576 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
16577 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
16578 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
16579 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
16580 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
16581 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
16582 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
16583 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
16584 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
16587 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
16588 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
16589 must have believed that the containing object started (within
16590 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
16591 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
16592 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
16593 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
16595 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
16596 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
16597 deepest_bitpos = double_int_add (bitpos_int, field_size_in_bits);
16599 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
16600 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
16602 object_offset_in_bits
16603 = double_int_sub (deepest_bitpos, type_size_in_bits);
16605 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
16607 object_offset_in_bits
16608 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
16610 if (double_int_ucmp (object_offset_in_bits, bitpos_int) > 0)
16612 object_offset_in_bits
16613 = double_int_sub (deepest_bitpos, type_size_in_bits);
16615 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
16616 object_offset_in_bits
16617 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
16621 #endif /* PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS */
16622 object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int;
16624 object_offset_in_bytes
16625 = double_int_div (object_offset_in_bits,
16626 uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_UNIT), true,
16628 return double_int_to_shwi (object_offset_in_bytes);
16631 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
16632 associated with them. */
16634 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
16636 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
16637 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
16638 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
16641 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
16642 dw_loc_list_ref descr)
16646 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr))
16647 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr->expr);
16649 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, descr);
16652 /* Add DW_AT_accessibility attribute to DIE if needed. */
16655 add_accessibility_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16657 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
16658 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
16659 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_public. */
16660 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
16661 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
16662 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
16664 if (dwarf_version == 2
16665 || die->die_parent == NULL
16666 || die->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
16667 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
16669 else if (dwarf_version > 2
16671 && die->die_parent->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type)
16672 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
16675 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
16676 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
16677 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
16678 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
16679 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
16680 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
16683 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16684 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16685 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16686 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
16687 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
16688 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
16689 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
16690 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
16691 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
16692 function below.) */
16695 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16697 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
16698 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
16700 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
16702 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
16703 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
16705 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
16706 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
16707 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
16708 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
16710 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
16712 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
16714 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
16716 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
16717 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
16718 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
16720 /* Extract the vtable address. */
16721 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
16722 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
16724 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
16725 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
16726 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
16728 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
16729 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
16730 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
16731 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
16733 /* Extract the offset. */
16734 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
16735 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
16737 /* Add it to the object address. */
16738 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
16739 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
16742 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
16745 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
16749 if (dwarf_version > 2)
16751 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
16753 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
16755 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
16760 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
16762 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
16763 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
16764 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
16766 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16767 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
16768 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
16772 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
16775 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
16779 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
16782 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
16785 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
16789 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
16795 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
16797 static HOST_WIDE_INT
16798 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
16800 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
16806 val |= *--src & 0xff;
16812 /* Writes double_int values to dw_vec_const array. */
16815 insert_double (double_int val, unsigned char *dest)
16817 unsigned char *p0 = dest;
16818 unsigned char *p1 = dest + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
16820 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
16826 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT) val.low, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
16827 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT) val.high, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
16830 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
16833 insert_float (const_rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
16835 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
16839 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
16840 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
16842 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
16843 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
16845 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
16850 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
16851 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
16852 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
16853 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
16854 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
16857 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
16859 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
16863 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
16866 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
16868 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
16873 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
16874 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
16875 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
16878 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
16880 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
16882 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
16883 unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (length);
16885 insert_float (rtl, array);
16886 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
16889 add_AT_double (die, DW_AT_const_value,
16890 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
16896 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
16897 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
16898 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
16899 unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic
16900 (length * elt_size);
16904 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
16906 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
16907 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
16909 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
16910 double_int val = rtx_to_double_int (elt);
16912 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
16913 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val), elt_size, p);
16916 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
16917 insert_double (val, p);
16922 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
16923 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
16925 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
16926 insert_float (elt, p);
16931 gcc_unreachable ();
16934 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
16939 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
16941 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
16942 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
16944 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
16945 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
16946 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
16947 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
16948 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_location, loc_result);
16949 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
16955 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
16956 return add_const_value_attribute (die, XEXP (rtl, 0));
16959 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
16962 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
16967 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
16968 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
16969 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
16970 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
16971 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
16972 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
16973 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
16974 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
16975 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
16976 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
16977 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
16985 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_STRING
16986 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl)
16987 && GET_MODE (rtl) == BLKmode)
16989 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
16995 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
16996 gcc_unreachable ();
17001 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
17002 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
17005 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
17006 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17008 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
17009 *walk_subtrees = 0;
17011 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
17012 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
17014 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
17015 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
17016 be conservative. */
17017 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
17018 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
17020 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
17022 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_get_node (*tp);
17023 if (!node || !node->needed)
17026 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
17027 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
17029 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
17030 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
17031 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
17032 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
17033 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp))
17036 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == STRING_CST && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
17042 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
17043 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
17046 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
17048 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
17052 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
17053 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
17054 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
17056 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
17057 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
17058 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
17060 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
17062 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
17063 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
17064 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
17065 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
17066 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
17068 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
17069 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
17070 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, rtl);
17071 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) = 1;
17074 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
17076 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)
17077 || (TREE_CODE (init) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
17078 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0))))
17079 || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
17081 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
17082 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
17083 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE
17084 && !VECTOR_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
17086 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
17087 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
17088 reference variables which won't be output. */
17089 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
17090 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
17092 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
17094 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
17095 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
17100 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init))
17102 VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
17103 bool constant_p = true;
17105 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
17107 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
17108 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
17109 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
17110 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value)
17111 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value))
17113 constant_p = false;
17119 init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts);
17129 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
17131 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
17132 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
17138 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
17141 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
17145 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
17146 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
17147 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
17149 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
17150 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
17151 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
17152 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
17153 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
17154 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
17155 referenced within the function.
17157 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
17158 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
17159 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
17160 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
17162 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
17163 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
17164 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
17165 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
17166 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
17167 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
17169 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
17170 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
17171 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
17172 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
17173 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
17174 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
17175 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
17176 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
17177 output at debug-time.
17179 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
17180 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
17181 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
17182 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
17183 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
17184 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
17185 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
17186 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
17187 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
17188 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
17189 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
17190 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
17191 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
17193 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
17194 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
17195 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
17196 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
17197 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
17198 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
17199 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
17200 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
17201 I'd like to fix it.
17203 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
17204 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
17205 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
17206 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
17207 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
17208 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
17209 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
17210 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
17211 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
17212 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
17213 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
17215 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
17216 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
17218 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
17219 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
17220 fixed registers. */
17221 if (! reload_completed)
17224 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
17226 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
17228 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
17229 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
17231 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
17236 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
17238 if (rtl == NULL_RTX
17239 || is_pseudo_reg (rtl)
17241 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 0))
17242 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)
17243 && MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
17244 && GET_MODE (rtl) == GET_MODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))))
17246 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
17247 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
17248 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
17249 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
17251 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
17252 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
17253 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
17254 if (dmode == pmode)
17255 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
17256 else if ((rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
17257 && SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
17258 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
17259 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
17261 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
17264 else if (MEM_P (inc))
17266 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
17267 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
17268 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
17269 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
17276 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
17277 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
17278 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
17279 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
17280 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
17281 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
17283 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
17284 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
17285 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
17286 /* Not passed in memory. */
17287 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
17288 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
17289 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
17290 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
17291 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
17292 #if !HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER
17293 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
17296 /* Big endian correction check. */
17297 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
17298 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
17299 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
17302 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
17303 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
17305 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17306 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
17309 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
17312 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
17313 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
17315 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
17316 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
17318 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
17319 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
17320 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
17321 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
17322 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
17323 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
17325 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17326 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
17329 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
17330 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
17331 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
17332 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
17333 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
17336 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
17338 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
17339 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
17340 code, and thus is not emitted. */
17342 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
17344 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
17345 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
17347 if (rtl == NULL_RTX
17348 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
17349 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
17350 && TREE_STATIC (decl)
17351 && DECL_NAME (decl)
17352 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl)
17353 && DECL_MODE (decl) != VOIDmode)
17355 rtl = make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl);
17357 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
17358 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != decl)
17365 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
17366 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
17367 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
17370 fortran_common (tree decl, HOST_WIDE_INT *value)
17372 tree val_expr, cvar;
17373 enum machine_mode mode;
17374 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
17376 int volatilep = 0, unsignedp = 0;
17378 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
17379 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
17380 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
17381 be handled as such. */
17382 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
17383 || !TREE_STATIC (decl)
17384 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl)
17388 val_expr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl);
17389 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr) != COMPONENT_REF)
17392 cvar = get_inner_reference (val_expr, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
17393 &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true);
17395 if (cvar == NULL_TREE
17396 || TREE_CODE (cvar) != VAR_DECL
17397 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar)
17398 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar))
17402 if (offset != NULL)
17404 if (!host_integerp (offset, 0))
17406 *value = tree_low_cst (offset, 0);
17409 *value += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
17414 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
17415 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
17416 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
17417 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
17418 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
17419 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
17420 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
17421 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
17422 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
17423 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address.
17425 CACHE_P is true if it is worth caching the location list for DECL,
17426 so that future calls can reuse it rather than regenerate it from scratch.
17427 This is true for BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS in inlined subroutines,
17428 since we will need to refer to them each time the function is inlined. */
17431 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl, bool cache_p,
17432 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
17435 dw_loc_list_ref list;
17436 var_loc_list *loc_list;
17437 cached_dw_loc_list *cache;
17440 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
17443 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
17444 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
17446 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
17449 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
17450 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
17451 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
17454 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
17455 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
17456 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
17457 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
17460 && loc_list->first->next == NULL
17461 && NOTE_P (loc_list->first->loc)
17462 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list->first->loc)
17463 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list->first->loc))
17465 struct var_loc_node *node;
17467 node = loc_list->first;
17468 rtl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->loc);
17469 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == EXPR_LIST)
17470 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
17471 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
17472 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
17475 /* If this decl is from BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS, we might need its
17476 list several times. See if we've already cached the contents. */
17478 if (loc_list == NULL || cached_dw_loc_list_table == NULL)
17482 cache = (cached_dw_loc_list *)
17483 htab_find_with_hash (cached_dw_loc_list_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
17485 list = cache->loc_list;
17489 list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2);
17490 /* It is usually worth caching this result if the decl is from
17491 BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS and if the list has at least two elements. */
17492 if (cache_p && list && list->dw_loc_next)
17494 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (cached_dw_loc_list_table, decl,
17495 DECL_UID (decl), INSERT);
17496 cache = ggc_alloc_cleared_cached_dw_loc_list ();
17497 cache->decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
17498 cache->loc_list = list;
17504 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, list);
17507 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
17508 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
17509 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die, decl);
17512 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
17515 defer_location (tree variable, dw_die_ref die)
17517 deferred_locations entry;
17518 entry.variable = variable;
17520 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations, gc, deferred_locations_list, &entry);
17523 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
17524 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
17527 native_encode_initializer (tree init, unsigned char *array, int size)
17531 if (init == NULL_TREE)
17535 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
17538 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
17539 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
17541 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
17542 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
17544 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 1)
17546 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
17548 if (size > TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))
17550 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init),
17551 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
17552 memset (array + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init),
17553 '\0', size - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
17556 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), size);
17561 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
17562 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
17564 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
17566 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index;
17567 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
17568 int curpos = 0, fieldsize;
17569 constructor_elt *ce;
17571 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) == NULL_TREE
17572 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0))
17575 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type));
17576 if (fieldsize <= 0)
17579 min_index = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0);
17580 memset (array, '\0', size);
17581 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce)
17583 tree val = ce->value;
17584 tree index = ce->index;
17586 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
17587 pos = (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0) - min_index)
17590 pos = (tree_low_cst (index, 0) - min_index) * fieldsize;
17595 if (!native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
17598 curpos = pos + fieldsize;
17599 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
17601 int count = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1), 0)
17602 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0);
17606 memcpy (array + curpos, array + pos, fieldsize);
17607 curpos += fieldsize;
17610 gcc_assert (curpos <= size);
17614 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
17615 || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
17617 tree field = NULL_TREE;
17618 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
17619 constructor_elt *ce;
17621 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
17624 if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
17625 field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
17627 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce)
17629 tree val = ce->value;
17630 int pos, fieldsize;
17632 if (ce->index != 0)
17638 if (field == NULL_TREE || DECL_BIT_FIELD (field))
17641 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17642 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))
17643 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))))
17645 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field) == NULL_TREE
17646 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0))
17648 fieldsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0);
17649 pos = int_byte_position (field);
17650 gcc_assert (pos + fieldsize <= size);
17652 && !native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
17658 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
17659 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
17660 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0), array, size);
17662 return native_encode_expr (init, array, size) == size;
17666 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
17667 attribute is the const value T. */
17670 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree t)
17673 tree type = TREE_TYPE (t);
17676 if (!t || !TREE_TYPE (t) || TREE_TYPE (t) == error_mark_node)
17680 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init));
17682 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
17684 return add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
17685 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
17686 else if (CHAR_BIT == 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT == 8
17687 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type))
17689 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init));
17690 if (size > 0 && (int) size == size)
17692 unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *)
17693 ggc_alloc_cleared_atomic (size);
17695 if (native_encode_initializer (init, array, size))
17697 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, size, 1, array);
17705 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
17706 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
17707 variable with static storage duration
17708 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
17711 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
17715 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
17716 && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL))
17719 if (TREE_READONLY (decl)
17720 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl)
17721 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
17726 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
17727 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_const_value))
17730 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, DECL_INITIAL (decl));
17733 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
17734 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
17735 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
17736 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
17739 static dw_loc_list_ref
17740 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
17744 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
17746 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
17747 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
17748 dw_cfa_location remember;
17750 fde = current_fde ();
17751 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
17753 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
17757 memset (&next_cfa, 0, sizeof (next_cfa));
17758 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
17759 remember = next_cfa;
17761 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
17763 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
17764 advance opcodes. */
17765 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_cfi_ref, cie_cfi_vec, ix, cfi)
17766 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
17768 last_cfa = next_cfa;
17769 last_label = start_label;
17771 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index == 0)
17773 /* If the first partition contained no CFI adjustments, the
17774 CIE opcodes apply to the whole first partition. */
17775 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
17776 fde->dw_fde_begin, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
17777 list_tail =&(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
17778 start_label = last_label = fde->dw_fde_second_begin;
17781 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_cfi_ref, fde->dw_fde_cfi, ix, cfi)
17783 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
17785 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
17786 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
17787 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
17788 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
17789 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
17791 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
17792 start_label, last_label, section);
17794 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
17795 last_cfa = next_cfa;
17796 start_label = last_label;
17798 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
17801 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
17802 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
17803 gcc_unreachable ();
17806 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
17809 if (ix + 1 == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index)
17811 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
17813 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
17814 start_label, last_label, section);
17816 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
17817 last_cfa = next_cfa;
17818 start_label = last_label;
17820 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
17821 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
17822 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
17823 start_label = last_label = fde->dw_fde_second_begin;
17827 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
17829 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
17830 start_label, last_label, section);
17831 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
17832 start_label = last_label;
17835 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
17837 fde->dw_fde_second_begin
17838 ? fde->dw_fde_second_end : fde->dw_fde_end,
17841 if (list && list->dw_loc_next)
17847 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
17848 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
17849 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
17850 before the latter is negated. */
17853 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
17857 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
17858 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
17859 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
17861 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
17862 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
17865 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
17866 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
17868 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
17869 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
17872 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
17873 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
17874 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
17875 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
17876 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
17877 : stack_pointer_rtx));
17879 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
17882 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
17883 the value of the attribute. */
17886 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
17888 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
17890 if (demangle_name_func)
17891 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
17893 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
17897 /* Retrieve the descriptive type of TYPE, if any, make sure it has a
17898 DIE and attach a DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type attribute to the DIE
17899 of TYPE accordingly.
17901 ??? This is a temporary measure until after we're able to generate
17902 regular DWARF for the complex Ada type system. */
17905 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree type,
17906 dw_die_ref context_die)
17909 dw_die_ref dtype_die;
17911 if (!lang_hooks.types.descriptive_type)
17914 dtype = lang_hooks.types.descriptive_type (type);
17918 dtype_die = lookup_type_die (dtype);
17921 gen_type_die (dtype, context_die);
17922 dtype_die = lookup_type_die (dtype);
17923 gcc_assert (dtype_die);
17926 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type, dtype_die);
17929 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
17932 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
17934 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
17940 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR)
17944 wdlen = strlen (wd);
17945 wd1 = (char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (wdlen + 2);
17947 wd1 [wdlen] = DIR_SEPARATOR;
17948 wd1 [wdlen + 1] = 0;
17952 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, remap_debug_filename (wd));
17955 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
17959 lower_bound_default (void)
17961 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language))
17966 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus:
17968 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus:
17971 case DW_LANG_Fortran77:
17972 case DW_LANG_Fortran90:
17973 case DW_LANG_Fortran95:
17977 case DW_LANG_Python:
17978 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 0 : -1;
17979 case DW_LANG_Ada95:
17980 case DW_LANG_Ada83:
17981 case DW_LANG_Cobol74:
17982 case DW_LANG_Cobol85:
17983 case DW_LANG_Pascal83:
17984 case DW_LANG_Modula2:
17986 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 1 : -1;
17992 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
17993 a representation for that bound. */
17996 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
17998 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
18003 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
18006 unsigned int prec = simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound));
18009 /* Use the default if possible. */
18010 if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
18011 && host_integerp (bound, 0)
18012 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
18013 && tree_low_cst (bound, 0) == dflt)
18016 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
18017 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
18018 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
18019 else if (prec < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
18021 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
18022 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << prec) - 1;
18023 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
18024 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound) & mask);
18026 else if (prec == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
18027 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound) == 0)
18028 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
18029 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
18031 add_AT_double (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound),
18032 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
18037 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
18038 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
18048 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
18050 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
18051 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
18052 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
18053 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
18054 later parameter. */
18055 if (decl_die != NULL)
18057 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
18065 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
18066 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
18068 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
18069 dw_loc_list_ref list;
18071 list = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 2);
18072 if (list == NULL || single_element_loc_list_p (list))
18074 /* If DW_AT_*bound is not a reference nor constant, it is
18075 a DWARF expression rather than location description.
18076 For that loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0) is needed.
18077 If that fails to give a single element list,
18078 fall back to outputting this as a reference anyway. */
18079 dw_loc_list_ref list2 = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0);
18080 if (list2 && single_element_loc_list_p (list2))
18082 add_AT_loc (subrange_die, bound_attr, list2->expr);
18089 if (current_function_decl == 0)
18090 ctx = comp_unit_die ();
18092 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
18094 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
18095 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18096 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
18097 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list);
18098 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
18104 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
18105 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
18106 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
18107 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
18110 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type, bool collapse_p)
18112 unsigned dimension_number;
18114 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
18116 for (dimension_number = 0;
18117 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && (dimension_number == 0 || collapse_p);
18118 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
18120 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
18122 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && is_fortran () && dimension_number > 0)
18125 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
18126 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
18128 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
18131 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
18132 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
18133 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
18135 /* Define the index type. */
18136 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
18138 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
18139 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
18140 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
18141 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
18142 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
18143 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
18144 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
18147 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
18151 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
18152 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
18154 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
18155 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
18156 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
18158 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
18160 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
18163 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
18164 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
18170 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
18174 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
18179 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
18182 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
18183 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
18186 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
18187 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
18188 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
18189 even for bit-fields. */
18190 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
18193 gcc_unreachable ();
18196 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
18197 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
18198 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
18199 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
18200 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
18203 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
18204 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
18205 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
18208 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
18209 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
18210 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
18211 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
18212 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
18213 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
18215 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
18216 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
18217 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
18220 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
18222 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
18223 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
18224 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
18225 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
18226 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
18227 HOST_WIDE_INT bit_offset;
18229 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
18230 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
18232 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
18233 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
18234 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
18235 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
18236 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
18239 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
18241 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
18242 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
18243 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
18244 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
18245 below must take account of these differences. */
18246 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
18247 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
18249 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
18251 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
18252 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
18256 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
18257 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
18258 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
18260 if (bit_offset < 0)
18261 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
18263 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bit_offset);
18266 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
18267 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
18270 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
18272 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
18273 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
18274 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
18276 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
18277 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
18280 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
18281 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
18284 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
18286 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
18287 && prototype_p (func_type))
18288 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
18291 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
18292 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
18295 static inline dw_die_ref
18296 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
18298 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
18300 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
18302 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
18303 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
18304 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
18306 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
18307 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
18311 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
18313 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
18315 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
18318 if (DECL_P (origin))
18319 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
18320 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
18321 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
18323 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
18324 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
18325 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
18326 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
18327 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
18328 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
18329 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
18333 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
18337 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
18340 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
18342 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
18344 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
18346 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
18347 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
18348 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
18349 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
18352 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
18353 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18354 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl))
18355 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18356 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
18360 /* Add a DW_AT_linkage_name or DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute for the
18361 given decl. This used to be a vendor extension until after DWARF 4
18362 standardized it. */
18365 add_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
18367 const char *name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
18369 /* Mimic what assemble_name_raw does with a leading '*'. */
18370 if (name[0] == '*')
18373 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
18374 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_linkage_name, name);
18376 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name, name);
18379 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
18382 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
18384 expanded_location s;
18386 if (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl) == UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
18388 s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
18389 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
18390 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
18393 /* Add DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute for the given decl. */
18396 add_linkage_name (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
18398 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
18399 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
18400 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
18401 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
18402 && die->die_tag != DW_TAG_member)
18404 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
18405 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl))
18407 limbo_die_node *asm_name;
18409 asm_name = ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node ();
18410 asm_name->die = die;
18411 asm_name->created_for = decl;
18412 asm_name->next = deferred_asm_name;
18413 deferred_asm_name = asm_name;
18415 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
18416 add_linkage_attr (die, decl);
18420 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
18421 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
18424 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
18428 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
18429 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
18431 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
18433 add_name_attribute (die, name);
18434 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18435 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
18437 add_linkage_name (die, decl);
18440 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18441 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
18442 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
18443 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
18445 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
18446 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
18447 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
18449 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
18452 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18453 /* Output the debug main pointer die for VMS */
18456 dwarf2out_vms_debug_main_pointer (void)
18458 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18461 /* Allocate the VMS debug main subprogram die. */
18462 die = ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
18463 die->die_tag = DW_TAG_subprogram;
18464 add_name_attribute (die, VMS_DEBUG_MAIN_POINTER);
18465 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL,
18466 current_function_funcdef_no);
18467 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
18469 /* Make it the first child of comp_unit_die (). */
18470 die->die_parent = comp_unit_die ();
18471 if (comp_unit_die ()->die_child)
18473 die->die_sib = comp_unit_die ()->die_child->die_sib;
18474 comp_unit_die ()->die_child->die_sib = die;
18478 die->die_sib = die;
18479 comp_unit_die ()->die_child = die;
18482 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
18484 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
18487 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
18489 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
18492 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
18495 pop_decl_scope (void)
18497 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
18500 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
18501 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
18502 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
18503 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
18504 the current active scope. */
18507 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
18509 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
18510 tree containing_scope;
18513 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
18514 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
18516 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
18518 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
18519 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
18521 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
18524 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
18527 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
18528 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
18529 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
18530 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
18531 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
18533 if (SCOPE_FILE_SCOPE_P (containing_scope))
18534 scope_die = comp_unit_die ();
18535 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
18537 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
18538 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
18539 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
18540 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
18541 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
18546 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18547 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
18548 /*We are not in the middle of emitting the type
18549 CONTAINING_SCOPE. Let's see if it's emitted already. */
18550 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
18552 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
18553 if (scope_die == NULL)
18554 scope_die = comp_unit_die ();
18557 scope_die = lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (containing_scope);
18560 scope_die = context_die;
18565 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
18568 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
18570 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
18571 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
18572 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
18578 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
18581 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
18583 return (context_die
18584 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
18585 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
18586 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_interface_type
18587 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
18590 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
18591 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
18594 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
18596 return (class_scope_p (context_die)
18597 || (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
18600 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
18601 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
18602 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
18605 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
18606 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
18608 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
18609 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
18611 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
18612 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
18613 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
18614 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
18615 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE)
18616 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
18617 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
18619 if (code == ERROR_MARK
18620 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
18621 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
18622 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
18623 || code == VOID_TYPE)
18626 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
18627 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
18628 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
18631 if (type_die != NULL)
18632 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
18635 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
18636 function call type. */
18638 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree decl)
18640 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
18642 value = ((enum dwarf_calling_convention)
18643 targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
18646 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "MAIN__"))
18648 /* DWARF 2 doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
18649 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
18650 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
18651 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we used this for
18652 a long time, following existing custom. Now, DWARF 4 has
18653 DW_AT_main_subprogram, which we add below, but some tools still
18654 rely on the old way, which we thus keep. */
18655 value = DW_CC_program;
18657 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
18658 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_main_subprogram, 1);
18661 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
18662 is not DW_CC_normal. */
18663 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
18664 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
18667 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
18668 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
18669 was declared without a tag. */
18671 static const char *
18672 type_tag (const_tree type)
18674 const char *name = 0;
18676 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
18680 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
18681 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
18682 && !TYPE_NAMELESS (type))
18683 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
18685 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
18686 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
18688 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
18689 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
18691 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
18692 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
18693 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
18694 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
18695 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type))
18696 && !DECL_NAMELESS (TYPE_NAME (type)))
18697 name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2);
18700 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
18701 if (!name && t != 0)
18702 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
18705 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
18708 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
18709 for bit field types. */
18712 member_declared_type (const_tree member)
18714 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
18715 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
18718 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
18719 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
18722 static const char *
18723 decl_start_label (tree decl)
18726 const char *fnname;
18728 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
18729 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
18732 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
18734 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
18739 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
18740 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
18741 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
18744 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18746 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
18747 dw_die_ref array_die;
18749 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
18750 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
18751 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
18752 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
18753 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
18754 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
18755 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
18756 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
18757 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
18759 bool collapse_nested_arrays = !is_ada ();
18762 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
18763 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
18764 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)
18765 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
18767 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node))
18769 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
18771 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die, type);
18772 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
18773 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
18774 size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
18776 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
18777 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) != NULL_TREE
18778 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) != NULL_TREE
18779 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type))))
18781 tree szdecl = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type));
18782 dw_loc_list_ref loc = loc_list_from_tree (szdecl, 2);
18784 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl));
18785 if (loc && size > 0)
18787 add_AT_location_description (array_die, DW_AT_string_length, loc);
18788 if (size != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
18789 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
18795 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
18796 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
18797 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
18798 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
18801 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18802 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
18803 collapse_nested_arrays = false;
18806 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
18807 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
18808 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (array_die, type, context_die);
18809 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
18811 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
18812 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
18814 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
18816 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
18817 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
18818 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type)))
18819 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
18822 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
18823 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
18824 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
18825 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
18826 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
18827 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
18828 for multidimensional arrays. */
18829 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
18832 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18833 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
18834 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
18835 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
18836 && ! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
18837 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18840 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
18842 /* For VECTOR_TYPEs we use an array die with appropriate bounds. */
18843 dw_die_ref subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
18844 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, size_zero_node);
18845 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
18846 size_int (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (type) - 1));
18849 add_subscript_info (array_die, type, collapse_nested_arrays);
18851 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
18852 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
18853 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
18854 if (collapse_nested_arrays)
18855 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
18857 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type) && is_fortran ())
18859 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
18862 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18863 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
18866 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
18868 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
18869 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
18872 static dw_loc_descr_ref
18873 descr_info_loc (tree val, tree base_decl)
18875 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
18876 dw_loc_descr_ref loc, loc2;
18877 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
18879 if (val == base_decl)
18880 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0);
18882 switch (TREE_CODE (val))
18885 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
18887 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val, 0);
18889 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
18890 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val, 0));
18893 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val));
18896 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
18899 if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
18900 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
18902 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, size, 0));
18904 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
18906 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
18907 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
18910 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
18913 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 0));
18919 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
18922 loc2 = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), base_decl);
18925 add_loc_descr (&loc, loc2);
18926 add_loc_descr (&loc2, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
18948 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr,
18949 tree val, tree base_decl)
18951 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
18953 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
18955 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr, tree_low_cst (val, 0));
18959 loc = descr_info_loc (val, base_decl);
18963 add_AT_loc (die, attr, loc);
18966 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
18967 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
18970 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type, struct array_descr_info *info,
18971 dw_die_ref context_die)
18973 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
18974 dw_die_ref array_die;
18977 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
18978 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
18979 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
18981 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
18983 && info->ndimensions >= 2)
18984 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
18986 if (info->data_location)
18987 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_data_location, info->data_location,
18989 if (info->associated)
18990 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_associated, info->associated,
18992 if (info->allocated)
18993 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_allocated, info->allocated,
18996 for (dim = 0; dim < info->ndimensions; dim++)
18998 dw_die_ref subrange_die
18999 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
19001 if (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound)
19003 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
19006 if (host_integerp (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0)
19007 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
19008 && tree_low_cst (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0) == dflt)
19011 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
19012 info->dimen[dim].lower_bound,
19015 if (info->dimen[dim].upper_bound)
19016 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
19017 info->dimen[dim].upper_bound,
19019 if (info->dimen[dim].stride)
19020 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_stride,
19021 info->dimen[dim].stride,
19025 gen_type_die (info->element_type, context_die);
19026 add_type_attribute (array_die, info->element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
19028 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
19029 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
19034 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19036 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
19037 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
19039 if (origin != NULL)
19040 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
19043 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
19044 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
19045 0, 0, context_die);
19048 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
19049 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
19051 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
19055 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
19056 emit full debugging info for them. */
19059 retry_incomplete_types (void)
19063 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
19064 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i),
19065 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19066 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die ());
19069 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
19071 static enum dwarf_tag
19072 record_type_tag (tree type)
19074 if (! lang_hooks.types.classify_record)
19075 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
19077 switch (lang_hooks.types.classify_record (type))
19079 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT:
19080 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
19082 case RECORD_IS_CLASS:
19083 return DW_TAG_class_type;
19085 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE:
19086 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19087 return DW_TAG_interface_type;
19088 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
19091 gcc_unreachable ();
19095 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
19096 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
19097 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
19101 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19103 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19105 if (type_die == NULL)
19107 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
19108 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
19109 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
19110 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
19111 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (type_die, type, context_die);
19112 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
19114 if (ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type))
19115 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_enum_class, 1);
19116 if (ENUM_IS_OPAQUE (type))
19117 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19120 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
19123 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
19125 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
19126 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
19127 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
19128 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
19132 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19133 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
19134 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
19136 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
19137 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
19140 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
19141 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
19142 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
19143 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
19145 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
19146 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
19148 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
19149 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
19151 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
19152 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
19154 if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONST_DECL)
19155 value = DECL_INITIAL (value);
19157 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
19158 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
19159 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
19160 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
19161 values as if they were signed. That means that
19162 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
19163 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
19164 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
19165 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
19169 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19171 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
19172 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
19177 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
19178 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
19181 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
19182 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
19183 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
19184 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
19185 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
19186 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
19187 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
19188 argument type of some subprogram type.
19189 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
19193 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, tree origin, bool emit_name_p,
19194 dw_die_ref context_die)
19196 tree node_or_origin = node ? node : origin;
19197 tree ultimate_origin;
19198 dw_die_ref parm_die
19199 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
19201 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin)))
19203 case tcc_declaration:
19204 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin);
19205 if (node || ultimate_origin)
19206 origin = ultimate_origin;
19207 if (origin != NULL)
19208 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
19209 else if (emit_name_p)
19210 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
19212 || (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin)
19213 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin),
19214 decl_function_context
19215 (node_or_origin))))
19217 tree type = TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin);
19218 if (decl_by_reference_p (node_or_origin))
19219 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0,
19222 add_type_attribute (parm_die, type,
19223 TREE_READONLY (node_or_origin),
19224 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node_or_origin),
19227 if (origin == NULL && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
19228 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
19230 if (node && node != origin)
19231 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
19232 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin))
19233 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin,
19234 node == NULL, DW_AT_location);
19239 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
19240 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, 0, 0, context_die);
19244 gcc_unreachable ();
19250 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
19251 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
19254 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
19255 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
19256 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
19257 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
19258 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
19259 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
19262 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
19264 dw_die_ref subr_die,
19268 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die;
19270 gcc_assert (parm_pack
19271 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack)
19274 parm_pack_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack, subr_die, parm_pack);
19275 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die, parm_pack);
19277 for (arg = pack_arg; arg; arg = DECL_CHAIN (arg))
19279 if (! lang_hooks.decls.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg,
19282 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg, NULL,
19283 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
19288 return parm_pack_die;
19291 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
19292 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
19295 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19297 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
19300 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
19301 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
19302 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
19303 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
19306 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19309 tree formal_type = NULL;
19310 tree first_parm_type;
19313 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
19315 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
19316 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
19321 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
19323 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
19324 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
19325 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
19327 dw_die_ref parm_die;
19329 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
19330 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
19333 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
19334 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, NULL,
19335 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19337 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
19338 && link == first_parm_type)
19340 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
19341 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19342 add_AT_die_ref (context_die, DW_AT_object_pointer, parm_die);
19344 else if (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg))
19345 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
19347 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
19349 arg = DECL_CHAIN (arg);
19352 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
19353 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
19354 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
19355 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
19357 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
19358 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
19359 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
19360 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
19361 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
19362 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
19365 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
19366 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
19367 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
19368 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
19369 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
19372 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
19374 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
19376 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
19377 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
19378 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
19379 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
19380 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
19382 dw_die_ref type_die;
19383 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
19385 push_decl_scope (type);
19386 type_die = lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (type);
19387 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
19388 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
19389 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
19391 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
19392 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
19393 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
19394 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
19395 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
19397 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
19398 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
19402 gen_variable_die (member, NULL_TREE, type_die);
19408 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
19409 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
19412 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
19414 dw_die_ref old_die;
19418 htab_t old_decl_loc_table;
19419 htab_t old_cached_dw_loc_list_table;
19420 int old_call_site_count, old_tail_call_site_count;
19421 struct call_arg_loc_node *old_call_arg_locations;
19423 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
19424 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
19426 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19427 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
19428 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
19431 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
19432 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
19433 get locations in abstract instantces. */
19434 old_decl_loc_table = decl_loc_table;
19435 decl_loc_table = NULL;
19436 old_cached_dw_loc_list_table = cached_dw_loc_list_table;
19437 cached_dw_loc_list_table = NULL;
19438 old_call_arg_locations = call_arg_locations;
19439 call_arg_locations = NULL;
19440 old_call_site_count = call_site_count;
19441 call_site_count = -1;
19442 old_tail_call_site_count = tail_call_site_count;
19443 tail_call_site_count = -1;
19445 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
19446 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
19447 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19449 context = decl_class_context (decl);
19451 gen_type_die_for_member
19452 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die ());
19455 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
19456 save_fn = current_function_decl;
19457 current_function_decl = decl;
19458 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl));
19460 was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
19461 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
19462 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19463 if (! was_abstract)
19464 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
19466 current_function_decl = save_fn;
19467 decl_loc_table = old_decl_loc_table;
19468 cached_dw_loc_list_table = old_cached_dw_loc_list_table;
19469 call_arg_locations = old_call_arg_locations;
19470 call_site_count = old_call_site_count;
19471 tail_call_site_count = old_tail_call_site_count;
19475 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
19478 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
19479 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
19482 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
19487 type = (tree) *slot;
19488 die = lookup_type_die (type);
19490 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
19494 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
19495 through htab_traverse.
19497 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
19498 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
19499 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
19502 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot,
19503 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
19505 struct types_used_by_vars_entry *entry;
19508 entry = (struct types_used_by_vars_entry *) *slot;
19509 gcc_assert (entry->type != NULL
19510 && entry->var_decl != NULL);
19511 die = lookup_type_die (entry->type);
19514 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
19515 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
19516 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_get_node (entry->var_decl);
19517 if (node && node->needed)
19519 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
19520 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
19521 while ((die = die->die_parent) && die->die_perennial_p == 0)
19522 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
19528 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
19531 premark_used_types (void)
19533 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
19534 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
19537 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
19540 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
19542 if (types_used_by_vars_hash)
19543 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash,
19544 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper, NULL);
19547 /* Generate a DW_TAG_GNU_call_site DIE in function DECL under SUBR_DIE
19548 for CA_LOC call arg loc node. */
19551 gen_call_site_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref subr_die,
19552 struct call_arg_loc_node *ca_loc)
19554 dw_die_ref stmt_die = NULL, die;
19555 tree block = ca_loc->block;
19558 && block != DECL_INITIAL (decl)
19559 && TREE_CODE (block) == BLOCK)
19561 if (VEC_length (dw_die_ref, block_map) > BLOCK_NUMBER (block))
19562 stmt_die = VEC_index (dw_die_ref, block_map, BLOCK_NUMBER (block));
19565 block = BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (block);
19567 if (stmt_die == NULL)
19568 stmt_die = subr_die;
19569 die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_call_site, stmt_die, NULL_TREE);
19570 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, ca_loc->label);
19571 if (ca_loc->tail_call_p)
19572 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_GNU_tail_call, 1);
19573 if (ca_loc->symbol_ref)
19575 dw_die_ref tdie = lookup_decl_die (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (ca_loc->symbol_ref));
19577 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, tdie);
19579 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, ca_loc->symbol_ref);
19584 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
19588 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19590 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
19591 dw_die_ref subr_die;
19593 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19594 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
19595 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
19597 premark_used_types ();
19599 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
19600 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
19601 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
19602 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
19603 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
19605 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
19606 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
19609 gcc_assert (!old_die);
19612 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
19613 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
19614 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
19615 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
19616 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
19617 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19618 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
19620 if (origin != NULL)
19622 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
19624 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
19625 inline function. */
19626 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
19627 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
19629 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
19630 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
19634 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
19635 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
19637 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
19638 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
19639 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
19640 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
19641 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
19643 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
19644 something we have already output. */
19648 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
19649 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
19650 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
19651 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
19652 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
19653 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
19654 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
19655 if ((is_cu_die (old_die->die_parent) || context_die == NULL)
19656 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
19657 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
19658 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
19659 == (unsigned) s.line))))
19661 subr_die = old_die;
19663 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
19664 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
19665 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
19666 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
19667 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
19668 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
19669 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_object_pointer);
19670 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
19674 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
19675 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
19676 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
19677 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
19678 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
19679 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
19684 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
19686 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
19687 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
19689 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
19690 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19692 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
19693 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
19694 0, 0, context_die);
19697 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
19698 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
19699 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
19701 add_accessibility_attribute (subr_die, decl);
19706 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
19708 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19710 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
19711 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
19712 if (lang_hooks.decls.function_decl_explicit_p (decl)
19713 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19714 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_explicit, 1);
19716 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
19717 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
19718 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
19719 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
19721 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
19722 later reused to represent definition. */
19723 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
19726 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
19728 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
19730 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
19731 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
19733 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
19737 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
19738 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
19740 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
19743 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl)
19744 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
19745 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
19747 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
19749 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19751 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
19753 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
19754 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
19756 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
19758 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[current_funcdef_fde];
19759 if (fde->dw_fde_begin)
19761 /* We have already generated the labels. */
19762 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, fde->dw_fde_begin);
19763 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, fde->dw_fde_end);
19767 /* Create start/end labels and add the range. */
19768 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
19769 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
19770 current_function_funcdef_no);
19771 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
19772 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
19773 current_function_funcdef_no);
19774 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
19777 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
19778 /* HP OpenVMS Industry Standard 64: DWARF Extensions
19779 Section 2.3 Prologue and Epilogue Attributes:
19780 When a breakpoint is set on entry to a function, it is generally
19781 desirable for execution to be suspended, not on the very first
19782 instruction of the function, but rather at a point after the
19783 function's frame has been set up, after any language defined local
19784 declaration processing has been completed, and before execution of
19785 the first statement of the function begins. Debuggers generally
19786 cannot properly determine where this point is. Similarly for a
19787 breakpoint set on exit from a function. The prologue and epilogue
19788 attributes allow a compiler to communicate the location(s) to use. */
19791 if (fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue)
19792 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die, DW_AT_HP_prologue,
19793 fde->dw_fde_begin, fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue);
19795 if (fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue)
19796 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die, DW_AT_HP_epilogue,
19797 fde->dw_fde_begin, fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue);
19801 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
19804 { /* Generate pubnames entries for the split function code
19806 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[current_funcdef_fde];
19808 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin)
19810 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19812 /* We should use ranges for non-contiguous code section
19813 addresses. Use the actual code range for the initial
19814 section, since the HOT/COLD labels might precede an
19815 alignment offset. */
19816 bool range_list_added = false;
19817 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die, fde->dw_fde_begin,
19818 fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added);
19819 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die, fde->dw_fde_second_begin,
19820 fde->dw_fde_second_end,
19821 &range_list_added);
19822 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
19823 if (range_list_added)
19828 /* There is no real support in DW2 for this .. so we make
19829 a work-around. First, emit the pub name for the segment
19830 containing the function label. Then make and emit a
19831 simplified subprogram DIE for the second segment with the
19832 name pre-fixed by __hot/cold_sect_of_. We use the same
19833 linkage name for the second die so that gdb will find both
19834 sections when given "b foo". */
19835 const char *name = NULL;
19836 tree decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
19837 dw_die_ref seg_die;
19839 /* Do the 'primary' section. */
19840 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc,
19841 fde->dw_fde_begin);
19842 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc,
19845 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
19847 /* Build a minimal DIE for the secondary section. */
19848 seg_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram,
19849 subr_die->die_parent, decl);
19851 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
19852 add_AT_flag (seg_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
19854 if (decl_name != NULL
19855 && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
19857 name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
19858 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
19859 add_src_coords_attributes (seg_die, decl);
19861 add_linkage_name (seg_die, decl);
19863 gcc_assert (name != NULL);
19864 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (seg_die, decl);
19865 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
19866 add_AT_flag (seg_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
19868 name = concat ("__second_sect_of_", name, NULL);
19869 add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die, DW_AT_low_pc,
19870 fde->dw_fde_second_begin);
19871 add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die, DW_AT_high_pc,
19872 fde->dw_fde_second_end);
19873 add_name_attribute (seg_die, name);
19874 add_pubname_string (name, seg_die);
19879 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, fde->dw_fde_begin);
19880 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, fde->dw_fde_end);
19881 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
19885 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
19886 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
19887 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
19890 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
19892 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
19893 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
19894 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
19895 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
19896 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
19897 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
19898 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
19900 if (dwarf_version >= 3)
19902 dw_loc_descr_ref op = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa, 0, 0);
19903 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, op);
19907 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
19908 if (list->dw_loc_next)
19909 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
19911 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
19914 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
19915 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
19916 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
19917 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
19918 by this displacement. */
19919 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
19921 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
19922 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
19923 loc_list_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl, 2));
19926 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
19927 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19928 gen_generic_params_dies (decl);
19930 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
19931 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
19932 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
19933 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
19934 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
19935 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
19936 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
19937 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
19938 an ellipsis at the end. */
19940 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
19941 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
19942 its formal parameters. */
19943 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19945 else if (declaration)
19946 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
19949 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
19950 tree parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
19951 tree generic_decl = lang_hooks.decls.get_generic_function_decl (decl);
19952 tree generic_decl_parm = generic_decl
19953 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl)
19956 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
19957 emit their relevant DIEs.
19959 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
19960 as well as it being a normal function.
19962 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
19963 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
19964 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
19965 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
19966 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
19967 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
19968 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
19969 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
19970 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
19973 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
19974 while (generic_decl_parm || parm)
19976 if (generic_decl_parm
19977 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm))
19978 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm,
19983 dw_die_ref parm_die = gen_decl_die (parm, NULL, subr_die);
19985 if (parm == DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl)
19986 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == METHOD_TYPE
19988 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19989 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_object_pointer, parm_die);
19991 parm = DECL_CHAIN (parm);
19994 if (generic_decl_parm)
19995 generic_decl_parm = DECL_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm);
19998 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
19999 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
20000 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
20001 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
20002 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
20003 parameters at all. */
20004 if (prototype_p (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
20006 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
20007 if (stdarg_p (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
20008 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
20010 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
20011 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
20014 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
20015 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
20016 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
20018 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
20019 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
20020 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
20021 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
20022 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
20023 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
20024 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
20026 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
20027 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
20028 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
20029 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
20030 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
20031 constructor function. */
20032 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
20034 int call_site_note_count = 0;
20035 int tail_call_site_note_count = 0;
20037 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
20038 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
20039 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), NULL, subr_die);
20041 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
20042 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
20044 if (call_arg_locations && !dwarf_strict)
20046 struct call_arg_loc_node *ca_loc;
20047 for (ca_loc = call_arg_locations; ca_loc; ca_loc = ca_loc->next)
20049 dw_die_ref die = NULL;
20050 rtx tloc = NULL_RTX, tlocc = NULL_RTX;
20053 for (arg = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (ca_loc->call_arg_loc_note);
20054 arg; arg = next_arg)
20056 dw_loc_descr_ref reg, val;
20057 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 1));
20060 next_arg = XEXP (arg, 1);
20061 if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0))
20063 && MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg, 0), 0))
20064 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg, 0), 0), 0))
20065 && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0))
20066 == REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg, 0), 0), 0)))
20067 next_arg = XEXP (next_arg, 1);
20068 if (mode == VOIDmode)
20070 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0));
20071 if (mode == VOIDmode)
20072 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (arg, 0));
20074 if (mode == VOIDmode || mode == BLKmode)
20076 if (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0) == pc_rtx)
20078 gcc_assert (ca_loc->symbol_ref == NULL_RTX);
20079 tloc = XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 1);
20082 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0)) == CLOBBER
20083 && XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0), 0) == pc_rtx)
20085 gcc_assert (ca_loc->symbol_ref == NULL_RTX);
20086 tlocc = XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 1);
20089 if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0)))
20090 reg = reg_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0),
20091 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
20092 else if (MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0)))
20094 rtx mem = XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0);
20095 reg = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (mem, 0),
20096 get_address_mode (mem),
20098 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
20104 val = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 1), mode,
20106 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
20110 die = gen_call_site_die (decl, subr_die, ca_loc);
20111 cdie = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter, die,
20113 add_AT_loc (cdie, DW_AT_location, reg);
20114 add_AT_loc (cdie, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value, val);
20115 if (next_arg != XEXP (arg, 1))
20117 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 1), 0), 1));
20118 if (mode == VOIDmode)
20119 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 1), 0), 0));
20120 val = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 1),
20123 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
20125 add_AT_loc (cdie, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value, val);
20129 && (ca_loc->symbol_ref || tloc))
20130 die = gen_call_site_die (decl, subr_die, ca_loc);
20131 if (die != NULL && (tloc != NULL_RTX || tlocc != NULL_RTX))
20133 dw_loc_descr_ref tval = NULL;
20135 if (tloc != NULL_RTX)
20136 tval = mem_loc_descriptor (tloc,
20137 GET_MODE (tloc) == VOIDmode
20138 ? Pmode : GET_MODE (tloc),
20140 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
20142 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target, tval);
20143 else if (tlocc != NULL_RTX)
20145 tval = mem_loc_descriptor (tlocc,
20146 GET_MODE (tlocc) == VOIDmode
20147 ? Pmode : GET_MODE (tlocc),
20149 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
20151 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered,
20157 call_site_note_count++;
20158 if (ca_loc->tail_call_p)
20159 tail_call_site_note_count++;
20163 call_arg_locations = NULL;
20164 call_arg_loc_last = NULL;
20165 if (tail_call_site_count >= 0
20166 && tail_call_site_count == tail_call_site_note_count
20169 if (call_site_count >= 0
20170 && call_site_count == call_site_note_count)
20171 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites, 1);
20173 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites, 1);
20175 call_site_count = -1;
20176 tail_call_site_count = -1;
20178 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
20179 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, decl);
20183 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
20186 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x)
20188 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
20189 return (hashval_t) d->decl_id ^ htab_hash_pointer (d->die_parent);
20192 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
20193 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
20196 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
20198 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
20199 const_dw_die_ref e = (const_dw_die_ref) y;
20200 return d->decl_id == e->decl_id && d->die_parent == e->die_parent;
20203 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
20204 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
20207 gen_variable_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
20211 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
20212 tree ultimate_origin;
20213 dw_die_ref var_die;
20214 dw_die_ref old_die = decl ? lookup_decl_die (decl) : NULL;
20215 dw_die_ref origin_die;
20216 bool declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin)
20217 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
20218 bool specialization_p = false;
20220 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
20221 if (decl || ultimate_origin)
20222 origin = ultimate_origin;
20223 com_decl = fortran_common (decl_or_origin, &off);
20225 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
20226 of a data member. */
20229 dw_die_ref com_die;
20230 dw_loc_list_ref loc;
20231 die_node com_die_arg;
20233 var_die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
20236 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL)
20238 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, off ? 1 : 2);
20243 /* Optimize the common case. */
20244 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
20245 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
20246 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
20247 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr)
20249 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
20250 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
20252 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
20254 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
20255 remove_AT (var_die, DW_AT_declaration);
20261 if (common_block_die_table == NULL)
20262 common_block_die_table
20263 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash,
20264 common_block_die_table_eq, NULL);
20266 com_die_arg.decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
20267 com_die_arg.die_parent = context_die;
20268 com_die = (dw_die_ref) htab_find (common_block_die_table, &com_die_arg);
20269 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
20270 if (com_die == NULL)
20273 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl));
20276 com_die = new_die (DW_TAG_common_block, context_die, decl);
20277 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die, com_decl);
20280 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
20281 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
20282 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
20283 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
20285 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
20286 add_AT_flag (com_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
20287 add_pubname_string (cnam, com_die); /* ??? needed? */
20288 com_die->decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
20289 slot = htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table, com_die, INSERT);
20290 *slot = (void *) com_die;
20292 else if (get_AT (com_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL && loc)
20294 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
20295 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
20296 remove_AT (com_die, DW_AT_declaration);
20298 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, com_die, decl);
20299 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
20300 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
20301 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
20302 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
20307 /* Optimize the common case. */
20308 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
20309 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
20310 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
20311 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
20312 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
20313 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
20315 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
20317 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
20319 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
20320 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
20321 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
20325 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
20326 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
20327 DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
20328 inside functions, though. */
20329 if (old_die && declaration && !local_scope_p (context_die))
20332 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
20333 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
20334 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
20335 if (declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
20336 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
20338 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
20341 if (origin != NULL)
20342 origin_die = add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
20344 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
20345 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
20347 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
20348 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
20351 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
20353 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
20354 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
20355 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
20357 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
20358 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
20360 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
20361 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
20362 specialization_p = true;
20363 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
20365 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
20366 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
20368 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
20369 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
20371 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
20372 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
20374 if (old_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_member)
20375 add_linkage_name (var_die, decl);
20379 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
20381 if ((origin == NULL && !specialization_p)
20383 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
20384 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin),
20385 decl_function_context
20386 (decl_or_origin))))
20388 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin);
20390 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
20391 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
20393 add_type_attribute (var_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl_or_origin),
20394 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
20397 if (origin == NULL && !specialization_p)
20399 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
20400 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
20402 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
20403 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
20405 add_accessibility_attribute (var_die, decl);
20409 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
20411 if (decl && (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration || old_die == NULL))
20412 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
20415 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
20416 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
20417 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
20419 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL
20420 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
20421 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin)))
20422 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
20423 to add it again. */
20424 && (origin_die == NULL || get_AT (origin_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL))
20426 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
20427 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin)))
20428 defer_location (decl_or_origin, var_die);
20430 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl_or_origin,
20431 decl == NULL, DW_AT_location);
20432 add_pubname (decl_or_origin, var_die);
20435 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die, decl_or_origin);
20438 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
20441 gen_const_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
20443 dw_die_ref const_die;
20444 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
20446 const_die = new_die (DW_TAG_constant, context_die, decl);
20447 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die, decl);
20448 add_type_attribute (const_die, type, 1, 0, context_die);
20449 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
20450 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
20451 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
20452 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
20453 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die, decl);
20456 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
20459 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
20461 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
20462 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
20464 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
20466 if (origin != NULL)
20467 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
20469 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
20471 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
20472 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
20475 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
20477 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
20478 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
20479 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
20483 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
20485 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
20486 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
20487 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
20488 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
20489 it if it ever does happen. */
20490 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
20492 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
20493 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
20498 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
20499 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
20500 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
20503 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
20505 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
20507 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
20509 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
20510 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
20515 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
20516 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
20519 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
20521 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
20523 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt)
20524 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
20528 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt))
20530 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
20531 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
20532 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
20535 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
20537 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
20540 add_ranges (chain);
20541 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
20548 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
20549 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
20550 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
20551 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
20552 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
20553 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
20557 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
20560 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
20562 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
20564 if (call_arg_locations)
20566 if (VEC_length (dw_die_ref, block_map) <= BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt))
20567 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_die_ref, heap, block_map,
20568 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt) + 1);
20569 VEC_replace (dw_die_ref, block_map, BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt), stmt_die);
20572 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
20573 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
20575 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
20578 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
20581 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
20585 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
20587 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt));
20589 decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
20591 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
20592 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
20593 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
20594 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
20595 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
20597 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
20599 dw_die_ref subr_die
20600 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
20602 if (call_arg_locations)
20604 if (VEC_length (dw_die_ref, block_map) <= BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt))
20605 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_die_ref, heap, block_map,
20606 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt) + 1);
20607 VEC_replace (dw_die_ref, block_map, BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt), subr_die);
20609 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
20610 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
20611 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
20612 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
20614 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
20615 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
20619 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
20622 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
20624 dw_die_ref decl_die;
20626 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
20629 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
20630 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
20631 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
20632 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
20635 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
20637 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
20638 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
20639 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
20642 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
20643 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
20645 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
20646 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
20648 add_accessibility_attribute (decl_die, decl);
20650 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
20651 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
20655 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
20656 Use modified_type_die instead.
20657 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
20658 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
20661 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
20664 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
20666 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
20667 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
20668 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
20671 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
20672 Use modified_type_die instead.
20673 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
20674 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
20677 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
20679 dw_die_ref ref_die, scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
20681 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && use_debug_types)
20682 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, scope_die, type);
20684 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die, type);
20686 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
20687 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
20688 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
20692 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
20695 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
20698 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
20699 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
20701 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
20702 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
20703 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
20704 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
20707 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
20710 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
20713 char producer[250];
20714 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
20717 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
20721 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
20722 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
20723 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
20724 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
20727 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
20729 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
20730 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
20731 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
20732 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
20733 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
20734 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
20735 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
20736 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20737 strcat (producer, " -g");
20740 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
20742 /* If our producer is LTO try to figure out a common language to use
20743 from the global list of translation units. */
20744 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU GIMPLE") == 0)
20748 const char *common_lang = NULL;
20750 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tree, all_translation_units, i, t)
20752 if (!TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t))
20755 common_lang = TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t);
20756 else if (strcmp (common_lang, TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t)) == 0)
20758 else if (strncmp (common_lang, "GNU C", 5) == 0
20759 && strncmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t), "GNU C", 5) == 0)
20760 /* Mixing C and C++ is ok, use C++ in that case. */
20761 common_lang = "GNU C++";
20764 /* Fall back to C. */
20765 common_lang = NULL;
20771 language_string = common_lang;
20774 language = DW_LANG_C89;
20775 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
20776 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
20777 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
20778 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
20779 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
20780 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
20781 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
20783 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
20784 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
20785 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
20786 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
20787 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
20788 language = DW_LANG_Java;
20789 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
20790 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
20791 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
20792 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
20795 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
20799 case DW_LANG_Fortran77:
20800 case DW_LANG_Fortran90:
20801 case DW_LANG_Fortran95:
20802 /* Fortran has case insensitive identifiers and the front-end
20803 lowercases everything. */
20804 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_identifier_case, DW_ID_down_case);
20807 /* The default DW_ID_case_sensitive doesn't need to be specified. */
20813 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
20816 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
20818 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
20820 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
20821 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
20823 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
20824 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
20826 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
20827 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
20828 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_private. */
20829 if (access == access_public_node)
20831 if (dwarf_version == 2
20832 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type)
20833 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
20835 else if (access == access_protected_node)
20836 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
20837 else if (dwarf_version > 2
20838 && context_die->die_tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
20839 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
20842 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
20845 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
20848 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
20851 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
20852 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
20853 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
20854 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
20855 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
20856 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
20857 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
20858 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
20859 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
20860 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
20861 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
20863 /* First output info about the base classes. */
20866 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
20870 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
20871 gen_inheritance_die (base,
20872 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
20873 : access_public_node), context_die);
20876 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
20877 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = DECL_CHAIN (member))
20879 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
20880 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
20881 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
20882 do put them in the right order. */
20884 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
20886 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
20888 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
20891 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
20892 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = DECL_CHAIN (member))
20894 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
20895 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
20898 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
20900 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
20902 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
20906 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
20907 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
20908 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
20911 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
20912 enum debug_info_usage usage)
20914 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
20915 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
20917 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
20918 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
20919 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
20920 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
20921 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
20923 if (type_die && ! complete)
20926 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
20927 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
20928 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
20931 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
20933 if (! type_die || (nested && is_cu_die (scope_die)))
20934 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
20936 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
20938 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
20939 ? record_type_tag (type) : DW_TAG_union_type,
20941 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
20943 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
20946 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
20947 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (type_die, type, context_die);
20951 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
20953 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
20954 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
20955 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type))
20956 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (type);
20958 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
20959 then give a list of members. */
20960 if (complete && !ns_decl)
20962 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
20963 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
20964 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
20965 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
20966 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
20968 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
20969 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
20972 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
20973 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
20974 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
20975 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
20977 push_decl_scope (type);
20978 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
20981 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
20982 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
20984 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
20986 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
20987 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
20988 lookup_type_die (vtype));
20993 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
20995 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
20996 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
20997 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
20998 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
21001 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
21002 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
21005 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
21008 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
21010 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
21011 dw_die_ref subr_die
21012 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
21013 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
21015 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
21016 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
21017 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
21018 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
21020 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
21021 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
21024 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
21027 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
21029 dw_die_ref type_die;
21032 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
21035 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
21036 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
21037 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
21038 if (origin != NULL)
21039 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
21044 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
21045 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
21047 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
21049 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
21050 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
21054 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
21056 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type)))
21058 /* Here, we are in the case of decl being a typedef naming
21059 an anonymous type, e.g:
21060 typedef struct {...} foo;
21061 In that case TREE_TYPE (decl) is not a typedef variant
21062 type and TYPE_NAME of the anonymous type is set to the
21063 TYPE_DECL of the typedef. This construct is emitted by
21066 TYPE is the anonymous struct named by the typedef
21067 DECL. As we need the DW_AT_type attribute of the
21068 DW_TAG_typedef to point to the DIE of TYPE, let's
21069 generate that DIE right away. add_type_attribute
21070 called below will then pick (via lookup_type_die) that
21071 anonymous struct DIE. */
21072 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
21073 gen_tagged_type_die (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
21075 /* This is a GNU Extension. We are adding a
21076 DW_AT_linkage_name attribute to the DIE of the
21077 anonymous struct TYPE. The value of that attribute
21078 is the name of the typedef decl naming the anonymous
21079 struct. This greatly eases the work of consumers of
21080 this debug info. */
21081 add_linkage_attr (lookup_type_die (type), decl);
21085 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
21086 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
21088 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (decl))
21089 /* We want that all subsequent calls to lookup_type_die with
21090 TYPE in argument yield the DW_TAG_typedef we have just
21092 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
21094 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die, decl);
21097 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
21098 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
21100 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
21101 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
21104 /* Generate a DIE for a struct, class, enum or union type. */
21107 gen_tagged_type_die (tree type,
21108 dw_die_ref context_die,
21109 enum debug_info_usage usage)
21113 if (type == NULL_TREE
21114 || !is_tagged_type (type))
21117 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
21118 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
21119 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
21120 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
21121 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
21122 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
21123 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
21124 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
21125 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
21127 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
21129 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
21132 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
21133 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
21134 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
21137 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
21138 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == FUNCTION_DECL))
21140 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
21141 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
21142 decls_for_scope. */
21143 context_die = lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
21144 /* A declaration DIE doesn't count; nested types need to go in the
21146 if (context_die && is_declaration_die (context_die))
21147 context_die = NULL;
21152 context_die = declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
21156 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
21158 /* This might have been written out by the call to
21159 declare_in_namespace. */
21160 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
21161 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
21164 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
21169 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
21170 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
21171 when appropriate. */
21174 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
21177 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
21178 enum debug_info_usage usage)
21180 struct array_descr_info info;
21182 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
21185 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != NULL_TREE
21186 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
21187 && is_redundant_typedef (TYPE_NAME (type))
21188 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
21189 /* The DECL of this type is a typedef we don't want to emit debug
21190 info for but we want debug info for its underlying typedef.
21191 This can happen for e.g, the injected-class-name of a C++
21193 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type));
21195 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
21196 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
21197 if (typedef_variant_p (type))
21199 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
21202 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
21203 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
21205 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
21206 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
21207 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
21208 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
21209 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
21211 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
21213 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
21217 /* If type is an anonymous tagged type named by a typedef, let's
21218 generate debug info for the typedef. */
21219 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type)))
21221 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
21222 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
21223 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
21224 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
21225 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
21227 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
21231 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
21232 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)
21233 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info
21234 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info (type, &info)
21235 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
21237 gen_descr_array_type_die (type, &info, context_die);
21238 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
21242 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
21243 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
21244 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
21245 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
21246 cloned type itself). */
21247 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
21248 type = type_main_variant (type);
21250 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
21253 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
21259 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
21260 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
21261 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
21262 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
21263 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
21265 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
21267 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
21268 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
21269 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
21270 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
21274 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
21275 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
21276 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
21277 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
21279 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
21280 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
21281 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
21283 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
21285 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
21288 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
21289 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
21290 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
21291 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
21292 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
21296 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
21297 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
21298 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
21299 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
21303 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
21307 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
21310 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
21313 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
21314 gen_tagged_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
21320 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
21323 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
21328 /* Just use DW_TAG_unspecified_type. */
21330 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
21331 if (type_die == NULL)
21333 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
21334 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
21335 name = DECL_NAME (name);
21336 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
21337 add_name_attribute (type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
21338 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
21344 gcc_unreachable ();
21347 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
21351 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
21353 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
21356 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
21357 things which are local to the given block. */
21360 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
21362 int must_output_die = 0;
21365 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
21366 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
21369 inlined_func = inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt);
21371 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
21372 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
21373 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
21374 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
21378 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
21379 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
21384 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
21387 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
21388 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
21389 must_output_die = 1;
21392 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
21393 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
21394 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
21395 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
21396 as being a "significant" one. */
21397 must_output_die = ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
21398 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt))
21399 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
21400 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
21401 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
21402 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt)
21403 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
21404 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
21405 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt))
21406 must_output_die = 1;
21409 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
21410 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
21411 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
21412 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
21413 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
21414 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
21415 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
21416 if (must_output_die)
21420 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
21421 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
21422 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
21423 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
21424 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
21425 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
21426 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
21427 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
21429 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
21430 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
21431 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
21432 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
21433 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
21434 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
21437 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
21440 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
21443 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
21444 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
21446 process_scope_var (tree stmt, tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
21449 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
21451 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == FUNCTION_DECL)
21452 die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
21453 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == TYPE_DECL
21454 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin))
21455 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin));
21459 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
21460 add_child_die (context_die, die);
21461 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == IMPORTED_DECL)
21462 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin),
21463 stmt, context_die);
21465 gen_decl_die (decl, origin, context_die);
21468 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
21469 all of its sub-blocks. */
21472 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
21478 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
21479 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
21482 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
21483 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
21484 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
21485 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
21486 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = DECL_CHAIN (decl))
21487 process_scope_var (stmt, decl, NULL_TREE, context_die);
21488 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt); i++)
21489 process_scope_var (stmt, NULL, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt, i),
21492 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
21493 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
21496 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
21497 therein) of this block. */
21498 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
21500 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
21501 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
21504 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
21507 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl)
21509 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
21512 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
21513 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
21514 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
21515 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
21516 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
21517 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
21523 /* Return TRUE if TYPE is a typedef that names a type for linkage
21524 purposes. This kind of typedefs is produced by the C++ FE for
21527 typedef struct {...} foo;
21529 In that case, there is no typedef variant type produced for foo.
21530 Rather, the TREE_TYPE of the TYPE_DECL of foo is the anonymous
21534 is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree decl)
21536 if (decl == NULL_TREE
21537 || TREE_CODE (decl) != TYPE_DECL
21538 || !is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl))
21539 || DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl)
21540 || is_redundant_typedef (decl)
21541 /* It looks like Ada produces TYPE_DECLs that are very similar
21542 to C++ naming typedefs but that have different
21543 semantics. Let's be specific to c++ for now. */
21547 return (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl) == NULL_TREE
21548 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == decl
21549 && (TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))
21550 != TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
21553 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
21555 static inline dw_die_ref
21556 get_context_die (tree context)
21560 /* Find die that represents this context. */
21561 if (TYPE_P (context))
21563 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context);
21564 return strip_naming_typedef (context, force_type_die (context));
21567 return force_decl_die (context);
21569 return comp_unit_die ();
21572 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
21575 force_decl_die (tree decl)
21577 dw_die_ref decl_die;
21578 unsigned saved_external_flag;
21579 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
21580 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
21583 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
21585 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
21589 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
21591 case FUNCTION_DECL:
21592 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
21593 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
21594 declaration die. */
21595 save_fn = current_function_decl;
21596 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
21597 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
21598 current_function_decl = save_fn;
21602 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
21603 gen_decl_die() call. */
21604 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
21605 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
21606 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
21607 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
21610 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
21611 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
21612 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
21614 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
21615 decl_die = comp_unit_die ();
21618 case TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL:
21619 decl_die = comp_unit_die ();
21623 gcc_unreachable ();
21626 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
21628 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
21629 gcc_assert (decl_die);
21635 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
21636 always returned. */
21639 force_type_die (tree type)
21641 dw_die_ref type_die;
21643 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
21646 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
21648 type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_READONLY (type),
21649 TYPE_VOLATILE (type), context_die);
21650 gcc_assert (type_die);
21655 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
21656 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
21659 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
21661 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
21662 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
21663 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
21664 /* Force out the namespace. */
21665 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
21667 return context_die;
21670 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
21671 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
21673 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
21674 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
21677 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
21679 dw_die_ref ns_context;
21681 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
21682 return context_die;
21684 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
21685 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
21686 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
21687 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
21688 return context_die;
21690 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
21692 if (ns_context != context_die)
21696 if (DECL_P (thing))
21697 gen_decl_die (thing, NULL, ns_context);
21699 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
21701 return context_die;
21704 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
21707 gen_namespace_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
21709 dw_die_ref namespace_die;
21711 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
21712 they are an alias of. */
21713 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
21715 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
21716 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die ());
21717 namespace_die = new_die (is_fortran ()
21718 ? DW_TAG_module : DW_TAG_namespace,
21719 context_die, decl);
21720 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
21721 if (namespace_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_module && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
21723 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
21725 add_name_attribute (namespace_die, name);
21728 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
21729 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
21730 add_AT_flag (namespace_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
21731 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
21735 /* Output a namespace alias. */
21737 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
21738 dw_die_ref origin_die
21739 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
21741 if (DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl)
21742 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
21743 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die ());
21744 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
21745 namespace_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
21746 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
21747 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
21748 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
21752 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL.
21753 The return value is currently only meaningful for PARM_DECLs,
21754 for all other decls it returns NULL. */
21757 gen_decl_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
21759 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
21760 tree class_origin = NULL, ultimate_origin;
21762 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin))
21765 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin))
21771 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ())
21773 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
21774 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
21778 /* Emit its type. */
21779 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
21781 /* And its containing namespace. */
21782 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
21784 gen_const_die (decl, context_die);
21787 case FUNCTION_DECL:
21788 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
21789 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
21790 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
21791 && DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl_or_origin)
21792 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE
21793 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin)))
21798 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
21799 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
21800 if (current_function_decl != decl)
21801 /* This is only a declaration. */;
21804 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
21805 if (origin || DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
21806 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
21807 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin)
21808 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
21810 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
21811 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
21812 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
21813 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
21814 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
21815 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
21816 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
21817 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
21818 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
21820 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
21821 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
21824 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
21825 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
21827 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
21828 have its containing type. */
21830 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
21831 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
21832 gen_type_die (origin, context_die);
21834 /* And its return type. */
21835 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
21837 /* And its virtual context. */
21838 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
21839 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
21841 /* Make sure we have a member DIE for decl. */
21842 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
21843 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
21845 /* And its containing namespace. */
21846 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
21849 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
21851 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
21855 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
21856 actual typedefs. */
21857 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
21860 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
21861 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
21862 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
21863 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
21864 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
21865 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
21866 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
21867 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
21868 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
21870 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
21873 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
21874 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
21876 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
21877 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
21881 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21882 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
21887 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
21888 variable declarations or definitions. */
21889 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
21892 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
21894 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
21895 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
21897 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
21899 /* And its containing type. */
21900 class_origin = decl_class_context (decl_or_origin);
21901 if (class_origin != NULL_TREE)
21902 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin, decl_or_origin, context_die);
21904 /* And its containing namespace. */
21905 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin, context_die);
21907 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
21908 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
21909 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
21911 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
21912 if (ultimate_origin != NULL_TREE
21913 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin) == PARM_DECL)
21914 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
21915 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
21918 gen_variable_die (decl, origin, context_die);
21922 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
21923 anonymous unions and structs. */
21924 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
21925 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
21926 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
21928 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
21929 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
21934 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin))
21935 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
21937 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
21938 return gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
21939 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
21942 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
21943 case IMPORTED_DECL:
21944 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
21945 gen_namespace_die (decl, context_die);
21949 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
21950 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
21957 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
21958 compilation proper has finished. */
21961 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
21963 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
21964 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
21965 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
21966 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
21967 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
21968 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
21971 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
21972 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
21974 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
21977 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
21980 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
21981 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
21982 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
21983 that DECL belongs to.
21984 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
21986 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl,
21988 tree lexical_block,
21989 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die)
21991 expanded_location xloc;
21992 dw_die_ref imported_die = NULL;
21993 dw_die_ref at_import_die;
21995 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IMPORTED_DECL)
21997 xloc = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
21998 decl = IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl);
22002 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
22004 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
22006 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
22007 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
22008 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
22009 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
22010 if (!at_import_die)
22012 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL);
22013 gen_typedef_die (decl, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)));
22014 at_import_die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
22015 gcc_assert (at_import_die);
22020 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
22021 if (!at_import_die)
22023 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
22024 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
22025 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
22027 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
22029 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
22030 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
22031 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
22032 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
22034 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl,
22035 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)));
22037 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
22041 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
22043 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
22044 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module,
22051 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration,
22055 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
22056 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
22058 add_AT_string (imported_die, DW_AT_name,
22059 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
22060 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
22063 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
22064 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
22065 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
22066 importing whole module. */
22069 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree name, tree context,
22072 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
22073 dw_die_ref scope_die;
22075 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
22080 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
22081 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
22084 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
22085 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
22087 && TYPE_P (context)
22088 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
22091 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
22094 scope_die = get_context_die (context);
22098 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child);
22099 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child->die_tag == DW_TAG_imported_module);
22100 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != NAMESPACE_DECL);
22101 scope_die = scope_die->die_child;
22104 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
22105 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl, name, context, scope_die);
22109 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
22112 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
22114 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die ();
22116 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
22121 case FUNCTION_DECL:
22122 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
22123 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
22124 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
22125 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
22126 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
22127 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
22128 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
22129 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
22130 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
22131 with the definition of the function.
22133 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
22134 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
22135 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
22136 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
22137 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
22138 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
22139 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
22140 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
22141 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
22142 that they *are* definitions).
22144 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
22145 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
22146 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
22147 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
22148 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
22149 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
22152 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
22153 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
22154 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
22155 if (decl_function_context (decl)
22156 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
22157 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
22158 context_die = NULL;
22162 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
22163 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
22164 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
22165 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
22166 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
22167 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
22168 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
22169 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
22170 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
22173 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
22174 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
22175 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
22177 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
22178 variable declarations or definitions. */
22179 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
22184 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
22186 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ())
22188 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
22189 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
22192 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
22193 case IMPORTED_DECL:
22194 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
22196 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
22201 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
22202 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
22205 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
22206 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
22207 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
22210 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
22211 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
22214 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
22215 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
22216 if (decl_function_context (decl))
22217 context_die = NULL;
22225 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
22228 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
22231 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl)
22233 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
22234 call_arg_locations = NULL;
22235 call_arg_loc_last = NULL;
22236 call_site_count = -1;
22237 tail_call_site_count = -1;
22238 VEC_free (dw_die_ref, heap, block_map);
22239 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
22240 htab_empty (cached_dw_loc_list_table);
22243 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
22244 a lexical block. */
22247 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
22248 unsigned int blocknum)
22250 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
22251 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
22254 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
22258 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
22260 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
22261 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
22264 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
22265 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
22267 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
22268 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
22269 we may end up calling them anyway. */
22272 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block)
22277 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = DECL_CHAIN (decl))
22278 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
22279 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
22281 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block); i++)
22283 decl = BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block, i);
22284 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
22285 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
22292 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
22295 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
22297 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p1 =
22298 (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p1_p;
22299 const char *const p2 = (const char *) p2_p;
22300 return filename_cmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
22304 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
22306 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p = (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p_p;
22307 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
22310 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
22311 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
22312 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
22313 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
22314 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
22315 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
22316 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
22317 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
22318 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
22321 static struct dwarf_file_data *
22322 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
22325 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
22327 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
22328 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
22329 if (file_table_last_lookup
22330 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
22331 || filename_cmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
22332 return file_table_last_lookup;
22334 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
22335 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
22336 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
22338 return (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
22340 created = ggc_alloc_dwarf_file_data ();
22341 created->filename = file_name;
22342 created->emitted_number = 0;
22347 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
22348 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
22349 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
22350 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
22351 types, which may include filenames. */
22354 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
22356 if (! fd->emitted_number)
22358 if (last_emitted_file)
22359 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
22361 fd->emitted_number = 1;
22362 last_emitted_file = fd;
22364 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
22366 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
22367 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
22368 remap_debug_filename (fd->filename));
22369 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
22373 return fd->emitted_number;
22376 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
22377 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
22378 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
22381 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die, tree arg)
22383 die_arg_entry entry;
22388 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
22389 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
22390 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry, gc, 32);
22394 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry, gc,
22395 tmpl_value_parm_die_table,
22399 /* Return TRUE if T is an instance of generic type, FALSE
22403 generic_type_p (tree t)
22405 if (t == NULL_TREE || !TYPE_P (t))
22407 return lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t) != NULL_TREE;
22410 /* Schedule the generation of the generic parameter dies for the
22411 instance of generic type T. The proper generation itself is later
22412 done by gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies. */
22415 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t)
22417 if (!generic_type_p (t))
22420 if (generic_type_instances == NULL)
22421 generic_type_instances = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
22423 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, generic_type_instances, t);
22426 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
22427 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
22428 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
22431 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
22433 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
22438 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (die_arg_entry, tmpl_value_parm_die_table, i, e)
22439 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e->die, e->arg);
22443 /* Generate generic parameters DIEs for instances of generic types
22444 that have been previously scheduled by
22445 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen. This function must be called
22446 after all the types of the CU have been laid out. */
22449 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void)
22454 if (generic_type_instances == NULL)
22457 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tree, generic_type_instances, i, t)
22458 gen_generic_params_dies (t);
22462 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
22465 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl, tree name)
22471 die = TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl);
22475 dname = dwarf2_name (name, 0);
22479 attr = get_AT (die, DW_AT_name);
22482 struct indirect_string_node *node;
22484 node = find_AT_string (dname);
22485 /* replace the string. */
22486 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
22490 add_name_attribute (die, dname);
22493 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
22494 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
22495 our lookup table. */
22498 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
22500 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + 2];
22501 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
22503 static const char *last_label;
22504 static const char *last_postcall_label;
22505 static bool last_in_cold_section_p;
22509 if (!NOTE_P (loc_note))
22511 if (CALL_P (loc_note))
22514 if (SIBLING_CALL_P (loc_note))
22515 tail_call_site_count++;
22520 var_loc_p = NOTE_KIND (loc_note) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION;
22521 if (var_loc_p && !DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
22524 next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note);
22526 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
22527 don't do anything. */
22529 && next_real == NULL_RTX
22530 && !NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
22533 if (next_real == NULL_RTX)
22534 next_real = get_last_insn ();
22536 /* If there were any real insns between note we processed last time
22537 and this note (or if it is the first note), clear
22538 last_{,postcall_}label so that they are not reused this time. */
22539 if (last_var_location_insn == NULL_RTX
22540 || last_var_location_insn != next_real
22541 || last_in_cold_section_p != in_cold_section_p)
22544 last_postcall_label = NULL;
22549 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
22550 newloc = add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, loc_note,
22551 NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note)
22552 ? last_postcall_label : last_label);
22553 if (newloc == NULL)
22562 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
22563 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. Otherwise
22564 create a new label and emit it. */
22565 if (last_label == NULL)
22567 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
22568 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
22570 last_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
22575 struct call_arg_loc_node *ca_loc
22576 = ggc_alloc_cleared_call_arg_loc_node ();
22577 rtx prev = prev_real_insn (loc_note), x;
22578 ca_loc->call_arg_loc_note = loc_note;
22579 ca_loc->next = NULL;
22580 ca_loc->label = last_label;
22583 || (NONJUMP_INSN_P (prev)
22584 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (prev)) == SEQUENCE
22585 && CALL_P (XVECEXP (PATTERN (prev), 0, 0)))));
22586 if (!CALL_P (prev))
22587 prev = XVECEXP (PATTERN (prev), 0, 0);
22588 ca_loc->tail_call_p = SIBLING_CALL_P (prev);
22589 x = PATTERN (prev);
22590 if (GET_CODE (x) == PARALLEL)
22591 x = XVECEXP (x, 0, 0);
22592 if (GET_CODE (x) == SET)
22594 if (GET_CODE (x) == CALL && MEM_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
22596 x = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
22597 if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF
22598 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x)
22599 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x)) == FUNCTION_DECL)
22600 ca_loc->symbol_ref = x;
22602 ca_loc->block = insn_scope (prev);
22603 if (call_arg_locations)
22604 call_arg_loc_last->next = ca_loc;
22606 call_arg_locations = ca_loc;
22607 call_arg_loc_last = ca_loc;
22609 else if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
22610 newloc->label = last_label;
22613 if (!last_postcall_label)
22615 sprintf (loclabel, "%s-1", last_label);
22616 last_postcall_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
22618 newloc->label = last_postcall_label;
22621 last_var_location_insn = next_real;
22622 last_in_cold_section_p = in_cold_section_p;
22625 /* Note in one location list that text section has changed. */
22628 var_location_switch_text_section_1 (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
22630 var_loc_list *list = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
22632 list->last_before_switch
22633 = list->last->next ? list->last->next : list->last;
22637 /* Note in all location lists that text section has changed. */
22640 var_location_switch_text_section (void)
22642 if (decl_loc_table == NULL)
22645 htab_traverse (decl_loc_table, var_location_switch_text_section_1, NULL);
22648 /* Create a new line number table. */
22650 static dw_line_info_table *
22651 new_line_info_table (void)
22653 dw_line_info_table *table;
22655 table = ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_line_info_table_struct ();
22656 table->file_num = 1;
22657 table->line_num = 1;
22658 table->is_stmt = DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START;
22663 /* Lookup the "current" table into which we emit line info, so
22664 that we don't have to do it for every source line. */
22667 set_cur_line_info_table (section *sec)
22669 dw_line_info_table *table;
22671 if (sec == text_section)
22672 table = text_section_line_info;
22673 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
22675 table = cold_text_section_line_info;
22678 cold_text_section_line_info = table = new_line_info_table ();
22679 table->end_label = cold_end_label;
22684 const char *end_label;
22686 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
22688 if (in_cold_section_p)
22689 end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
22691 end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
22695 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
22696 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
22697 current_function_funcdef_no);
22698 end_label = ggc_strdup (label);
22701 table = new_line_info_table ();
22702 table->end_label = end_label;
22704 VEC_safe_push (dw_line_info_table_p, gc, separate_line_info, table);
22707 cur_line_info_table = table;
22711 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
22712 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
22713 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
22714 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
22717 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
22719 section *sec = function_section (fun);
22721 if (sec != text_section)
22722 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
22724 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition && !cold_text_section)
22726 gcc_assert (current_function_decl == fun);
22727 cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section ();
22728 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
22729 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
22730 switch_to_section (sec);
22733 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
22734 call_site_count = 0;
22735 tail_call_site_count = 0;
22737 set_cur_line_info_table (sec);
22740 /* Add OPCODE+VAL as an entry at the end of the opcode array in TABLE. */
22743 push_dw_line_info_entry (dw_line_info_table *table,
22744 enum dw_line_info_opcode opcode, unsigned int val)
22746 dw_line_info_entry e;
22749 VEC_safe_push (dw_line_info_entry, gc, table->entries, &e);
22752 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
22753 and record information relating to this source line, in
22754 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
22755 /* ??? The discriminator parameter ought to be unsigned. */
22758 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename,
22759 int discriminator, bool is_stmt)
22761 unsigned int file_num;
22762 dw_line_info_table *table;
22764 if (debug_info_level < DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL || line == 0)
22767 /* The discriminator column was added in dwarf4. Simplify the below
22768 by simply removing it if we're not supposed to output it. */
22769 if (dwarf_version < 4 && dwarf_strict)
22772 table = cur_line_info_table;
22773 file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
22775 /* ??? TODO: Elide duplicate line number entries. Traditionally,
22776 the debugger has used the second (possibly duplicate) line number
22777 at the beginning of the function to mark the end of the prologue.
22778 We could eliminate any other duplicates within the function. For
22779 Dwarf3, we ought to include the DW_LNS_set_prologue_end mark in
22780 that second line number entry. */
22781 /* Recall that this end-of-prologue indication is *not* the same thing
22782 as the end_prologue debug hook. The NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END note,
22783 to which the hook corresponds, follows the last insn that was
22784 emitted by gen_prologue. What we need is to preceed the first insn
22785 that had been emitted after NOTE_INSN_FUNCTION_BEG, i.e. the first
22786 insn that corresponds to something the user wrote. These may be
22787 very different locations once scheduling is enabled. */
22789 if (0 && file_num == table->file_num
22790 && line == table->line_num
22791 && discriminator == table->discrim_num
22792 && is_stmt == table->is_stmt)
22795 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
22797 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
22798 if (flag_debug_asm)
22799 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START, filename, line);
22801 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
22803 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
22804 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num, line);
22805 if (is_stmt != table->is_stmt)
22806 fprintf (asm_out_file, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt ? 1 : 0);
22807 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0)
22808 fprintf (asm_out_file, " discriminator %d", discriminator);
22809 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
22813 unsigned int label_num = ++line_info_label_num;
22815 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL, label_num);
22817 push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_set_address, label_num);
22818 if (file_num != table->file_num)
22819 push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_set_file, file_num);
22820 if (discriminator != table->discrim_num)
22821 push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_set_discriminator, discriminator);
22822 if (is_stmt != table->is_stmt)
22823 push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_negate_stmt, 0);
22824 push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_set_line, line);
22827 table->file_num = file_num;
22828 table->line_num = line;
22829 table->discrim_num = discriminator;
22830 table->is_stmt = is_stmt;
22831 table->in_use = true;
22834 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
22837 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
22839 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && ! use_debug_types)
22841 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
22842 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
22844 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die (), NULL);
22845 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename));
22848 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
22851 e.code = DW_MACINFO_start_file;
22853 e.info = xstrdup (filename);
22854 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e);
22858 /* Record the end of a source file. */
22861 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
22863 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && ! use_debug_types)
22864 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
22865 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die (), NULL);
22867 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
22870 e.code = DW_MACINFO_end_file;
22873 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e);
22877 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
22878 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
22879 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
22882 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
22883 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
22885 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
22888 e.code = DW_MACINFO_define;
22890 e.info = xstrdup (buffer);;
22891 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e);
22895 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
22896 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
22897 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
22900 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
22901 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
22903 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
22906 e.code = DW_MACINFO_undef;
22908 e.info = xstrdup (buffer);;
22909 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e);
22914 output_macinfo (void)
22917 unsigned long length = VEC_length (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table);
22918 macinfo_entry *ref;
22923 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, i, ref); i++)
22927 case DW_MACINFO_start_file:
22929 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (ref->info));
22930 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
22931 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
22932 (ref->lineno, "Included from line number %lu",
22933 (unsigned long)ref->lineno);
22934 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", ref->info);
22937 case DW_MACINFO_end_file:
22938 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
22940 case DW_MACINFO_define:
22941 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
22942 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref->lineno, "At line number %lu",
22943 (unsigned long)ref->lineno);
22944 dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref->info, -1, "The macro");
22946 case DW_MACINFO_undef:
22947 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
22948 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref->lineno, "At line number %lu",
22949 (unsigned long)ref->lineno);
22950 dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref->info, -1, "The macro");
22953 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s unrecognized macinfo code %lu\n",
22954 ASM_COMMENT_START, (unsigned long)ref->code);
22960 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
22963 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
22965 /* Allocate the file_table. */
22966 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
22967 file_table_eq, NULL);
22969 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
22970 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
22971 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
22973 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
22974 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
22975 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
22977 /* Allocate the cached_dw_loc_list_table. */
22978 cached_dw_loc_list_table
22979 = htab_create_ggc (10, cached_dw_loc_list_table_hash,
22980 cached_dw_loc_list_table_eq, NULL);
22982 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
22983 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
22985 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
22986 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_die_ref
22987 (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
22988 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
22989 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
22990 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
22992 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
22993 pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
22994 pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
22996 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
22998 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
23000 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
23001 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
23002 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
23003 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
23004 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
23005 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
23006 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
23007 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
23008 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
23009 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
23010 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
23011 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
23012 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
23013 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
23014 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
23015 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
23016 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
23017 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
23018 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
23019 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
23020 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
23021 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
23023 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
23024 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
23025 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
23026 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
23027 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
23028 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
23029 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
23031 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
23032 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
23033 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
23034 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
23035 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
23036 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
23037 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
23038 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
23040 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
23041 macinfo_table = VEC_alloc (macinfo_entry, gc, 64);
23043 switch_to_section (text_section);
23044 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
23046 /* Make sure the line number table for .text always exists. */
23047 text_section_line_info = new_line_info_table ();
23048 text_section_line_info->end_label = text_end_label;
23051 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
23052 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
23055 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
23057 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
23058 && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()
23059 && (!(flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions)
23060 || targetm.except_unwind_info (&global_options) != UI_DWARF2))
23061 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
23064 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
23065 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
23068 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
23070 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
23072 if (node->label && node->refcount)
23074 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
23075 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
23076 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
23082 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
23083 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
23086 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
23090 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
23091 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
23093 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
23095 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
23096 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
23099 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
23105 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
23108 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
23109 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
23112 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
23117 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
23119 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
23121 /* A reference to another DIE.
23122 Make sure that it will get emitted.
23123 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
23124 if (! use_debug_types
23125 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
23126 || a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die->die_id.die_type_node == NULL)
23127 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
23129 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
23130 accounts properly for it. */
23131 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
23132 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
23136 /* Mark the generic parameters and arguments children DIEs of DIE. */
23139 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref die)
23143 if (die == NULL || die->die_child == NULL)
23145 c = die->die_child;
23148 switch (c->die_tag)
23150 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
23151 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
23152 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param:
23153 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack:
23154 prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1);
23160 } while (c && c != die->die_child);
23163 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
23164 to DIE's children. */
23167 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
23171 if (die->die_mark == 0)
23173 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
23175 /* If this is the DIE of a generic type instantiation,
23176 mark the children DIEs that describe its generic parms and
23178 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (die);
23180 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
23181 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
23182 if (die->die_parent)
23183 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
23185 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
23186 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
23188 /* If this node is a specification,
23189 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
23190 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
23191 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
23194 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
23196 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
23197 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
23200 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
23201 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
23202 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
23203 for all type definitions. */
23204 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type
23205 || (use_debug_types
23206 && is_type_die (die) && ! is_declaration_die (die)))
23207 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
23209 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
23213 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
23214 and if so, mark them. */
23217 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die)
23221 if (die->die_mark == 2)
23224 switch (die->die_tag)
23226 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
23227 case DW_TAG_union_type:
23228 case DW_TAG_class_type:
23231 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
23232 if (!get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration)
23233 || die->die_definition != NULL)
23234 prune_unused_types_mark (die, 1);
23241 /* Mark children. */
23242 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c));
23245 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
23248 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
23252 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
23253 children have been marked as well. */
23254 if (die->die_mark == 2)
23257 switch (die->die_tag)
23259 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
23260 case DW_TAG_union_type:
23261 case DW_TAG_class_type:
23262 if (die->die_perennial_p)
23265 for (c = die->die_parent; c; c = c->die_parent)
23266 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
23269 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
23270 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
23271 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
23272 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
23273 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
23275 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die);
23277 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
23280 case DW_TAG_const_type:
23281 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
23282 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
23283 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
23284 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
23285 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
23286 case DW_TAG_typedef:
23287 case DW_TAG_array_type:
23288 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
23289 case DW_TAG_friend:
23290 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
23291 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
23292 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
23293 case DW_TAG_string_type:
23294 case DW_TAG_set_type:
23295 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
23296 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
23297 case DW_TAG_file_type:
23298 if (die->die_perennial_p)
23301 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
23305 /* Mark everything else. */
23309 if (die->die_mark == 0)
23313 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
23314 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
23319 /* Mark children. */
23320 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
23323 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
23327 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
23332 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
23333 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
23335 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
23337 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
23338 twice in the hash table. */
23340 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
23343 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
23344 htab_hash_string (s->str),
23346 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
23352 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
23355 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
23359 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
23360 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
23362 if (! die->die_child)
23365 c = die->die_child;
23367 dw_die_ref prev = c;
23368 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
23369 if (c == die->die_child)
23371 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
23373 /* No marked children at all. */
23374 die->die_child = NULL;
23377 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
23378 die->die_child = prev;
23383 if (c != prev->die_sib)
23385 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
23386 } while (c != die->die_child);
23389 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
23390 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
23391 decided to emit. */
23394 prune_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
23396 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
23398 if (!node->label || !node->refcount)
23399 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash, h);
23404 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
23407 prune_unused_types (void)
23410 limbo_die_node *node;
23411 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
23413 dw_die_ref base_type;
23415 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
23416 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
23417 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die ());
23418 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
23419 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
23420 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
23421 verify_marks_clear (ctnode->root_die);
23422 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
23424 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
23425 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
23427 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
23428 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die ());
23429 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
23430 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
23431 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
23433 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode->root_die);
23434 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode->type_die, 1);
23437 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
23439 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub)
23440 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
23441 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_die_ref, base_types, i, base_type); i++)
23442 prune_unused_types_mark (base_type, 1);
23444 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
23445 if (debug_str_hash && debug_str_hash_forced)
23446 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, prune_indirect_string, NULL);
23447 else if (debug_str_hash)
23448 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
23449 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die ());
23450 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
23451 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
23452 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
23453 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode->root_die);
23455 /* Leave the marks clear. */
23456 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die ());
23457 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
23458 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
23459 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
23460 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode->root_die);
23463 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
23466 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
23468 bool *p = (bool *) param;
23469 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
23470 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
23478 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
23481 htab_ct_hash (const void *of)
23484 const comdat_type_node *const type_node = (const comdat_type_node *) of;
23486 memcpy (&h, type_node->signature, sizeof (h));
23491 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
23493 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_1 = (const comdat_type_node *) of1;
23494 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_2 = (const comdat_type_node *) of2;
23496 return (! memcmp (type_node_1->signature, type_node_2->signature,
23497 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE));
23500 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
23501 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
23502 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
23503 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
23504 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
23505 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
23508 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die)
23510 unsigned ix = VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
23511 dw_attr_node linkage = *VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
23513 gcc_assert (linkage.dw_attr == DW_AT_linkage_name
23514 || linkage.dw_attr == DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name);
23518 dw_attr_node *prev = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
23520 if (prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_line || prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_name)
23524 if (ix != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr) - 1)
23526 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
23527 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, &linkage);
23531 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, mark DW_TAG_base_type nodes
23532 referenced from typed stack ops and count how often they are used. */
23535 mark_base_types (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
23537 dw_die_ref base_type = NULL;
23539 for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
23541 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
23543 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
23544 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
23545 base_type = loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die;
23547 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
23548 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
23549 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
23550 base_type = loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die;
23552 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
23553 mark_base_types (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc);
23558 gcc_assert (base_type->die_parent == comp_unit_die ());
23559 if (base_type->die_mark)
23560 base_type->die_mark++;
23563 VEC_safe_push (dw_die_ref, heap, base_types, base_type);
23564 base_type->die_mark = 1;
23569 /* Comparison function for sorting marked base types. */
23572 base_type_cmp (const void *x, const void *y)
23574 dw_die_ref dx = *(const dw_die_ref *) x;
23575 dw_die_ref dy = *(const dw_die_ref *) y;
23576 unsigned int byte_size1, byte_size2;
23577 unsigned int encoding1, encoding2;
23578 if (dx->die_mark > dy->die_mark)
23580 if (dx->die_mark < dy->die_mark)
23582 byte_size1 = get_AT_unsigned (dx, DW_AT_byte_size);
23583 byte_size2 = get_AT_unsigned (dy, DW_AT_byte_size);
23584 if (byte_size1 < byte_size2)
23586 if (byte_size1 > byte_size2)
23588 encoding1 = get_AT_unsigned (dx, DW_AT_encoding);
23589 encoding2 = get_AT_unsigned (dy, DW_AT_encoding);
23590 if (encoding1 < encoding2)
23592 if (encoding1 > encoding2)
23597 /* Move base types marked by mark_base_types as early as possible
23598 in the CU, sorted by decreasing usage count both to make the
23599 uleb128 references as small as possible and to make sure they
23600 will have die_offset already computed by calc_die_sizes when
23601 sizes of typed stack loc ops is computed. */
23604 move_marked_base_types (void)
23607 dw_die_ref base_type, die, c;
23609 if (VEC_empty (dw_die_ref, base_types))
23612 /* Sort by decreasing usage count, they will be added again in that
23614 VEC_qsort (dw_die_ref, base_types, base_type_cmp);
23615 die = comp_unit_die ();
23616 c = die->die_child;
23619 dw_die_ref prev = c;
23621 while (c->die_mark)
23623 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
23624 /* As base types got marked, there must be at least
23625 one node other than DW_TAG_base_type. */
23626 gcc_assert (c != c->die_sib);
23630 while (c != die->die_child);
23631 gcc_assert (die->die_child);
23632 c = die->die_child;
23633 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_die_ref, base_types, i, base_type); i++)
23635 base_type->die_mark = 0;
23636 base_type->die_sib = c->die_sib;
23637 c->die_sib = base_type;
23642 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
23643 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
23644 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
23647 resolve_one_addr (rtx *addr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
23651 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
23653 size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1;
23654 tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0));
23655 tree tlen = size_int (len - 1);
23657 = build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen));
23658 rtl = lookup_constant_def (t);
23659 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
23661 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
23662 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
23667 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
23668 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl))
23670 if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
23672 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl))))
23675 else if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)))
23679 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST
23680 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), resolve_one_addr, NULL))
23686 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
23687 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
23688 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
23691 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
23693 for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
23694 if (((loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr || loc->dtprel)
23695 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
23696 || (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_implicit_value
23697 && loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr
23698 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr, NULL)))
23700 else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
23701 && loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class == dw_val_class_decl_ref)
23704 = lookup_decl_die (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_decl_ref);
23707 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
23708 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = ref;
23709 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
23714 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
23715 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
23716 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
23717 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
23718 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
23719 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
23722 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die)
23726 dw_loc_list_ref *curr, *start, loc;
23729 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
23730 switch (AT_class (a))
23732 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
23733 start = curr = AT_loc_list_ptr (a);
23736 /* The same list can be referenced more than once. See if we have
23737 already recorded the result from a previous pass. */
23739 *curr = loc->dw_loc_next;
23740 else if (!loc->resolved_addr)
23742 /* As things stand, we do not expect or allow one die to
23743 reference a suffix of another die's location list chain.
23744 References must be identical or completely separate.
23745 There is therefore no need to cache the result of this
23746 pass on any list other than the first; doing so
23747 would lead to unnecessary writes. */
23750 gcc_assert (!(*curr)->replaced && !(*curr)->resolved_addr);
23751 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr)->expr))
23753 dw_loc_list_ref next = (*curr)->dw_loc_next;
23754 if (next && (*curr)->ll_symbol)
23756 gcc_assert (!next->ll_symbol);
23757 next->ll_symbol = (*curr)->ll_symbol;
23763 mark_base_types ((*curr)->expr);
23764 curr = &(*curr)->dw_loc_next;
23768 loc->resolved_addr = 1;
23772 loc->dw_loc_next = *start;
23777 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
23781 case dw_val_class_loc:
23782 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a)))
23784 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
23788 mark_base_types (AT_loc (a));
23790 case dw_val_class_addr:
23791 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_const_value
23792 && resolve_one_addr (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr, NULL))
23794 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
23797 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_call_site
23798 && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
23800 tree tdecl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr);
23801 dw_die_ref tdie = lookup_decl_die (tdecl);
23803 && DECL_EXTERNAL (tdecl)
23804 && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (tdecl) == NULL_TREE)
23806 force_decl_die (tdecl);
23807 tdie = lookup_decl_die (tdecl);
23811 a->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
23812 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = tdie;
23813 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
23817 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
23826 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, resolve_addr (c));
23829 /* Helper routines for optimize_location_lists.
23830 This pass tries to share identical local lists in .debug_loc
23833 /* Iteratively hash operands of LOC opcode. */
23835 static inline hashval_t
23836 hash_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, hashval_t hash)
23838 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
23839 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
23841 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
23843 case DW_OP_const4u:
23844 case DW_OP_const8u:
23848 case DW_OP_const1u:
23849 case DW_OP_const1s:
23850 case DW_OP_const2u:
23851 case DW_OP_const2s:
23852 case DW_OP_const4s:
23853 case DW_OP_const8s:
23857 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
23893 case DW_OP_deref_size:
23894 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
23895 hash = iterative_hash_object (val1->v.val_int, hash);
23902 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
23903 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
23904 hash = iterative_hash_object (offset, hash);
23907 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
23908 hash = iterative_hash_object (val1->v.val_unsigned, hash);
23909 switch (val2->val_class)
23911 case dw_val_class_const:
23912 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_int, hash);
23914 case dw_val_class_vec:
23916 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
23917 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
23919 hash = iterative_hash_object (elt_size, hash);
23920 hash = iterative_hash_object (len, hash);
23921 hash = iterative_hash (val2->v.val_vec.array,
23922 len * elt_size, hash);
23925 case dw_val_class_const_double:
23926 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_double.low, hash);
23927 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_double.high, hash);
23929 case dw_val_class_addr:
23930 hash = iterative_hash_rtx (val2->v.val_addr, hash);
23933 gcc_unreachable ();
23937 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
23938 hash = iterative_hash_object (val1->v.val_int, hash);
23939 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_int, hash);
23945 unsigned char dtprel = 0xd1;
23946 hash = iterative_hash_object (dtprel, hash);
23948 hash = iterative_hash_rtx (val1->v.val_addr, hash);
23950 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
23951 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_int, hash);
23953 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
23954 hash = hash_loc_operands (val1->v.val_loc, hash);
23956 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
23957 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
23959 unsigned int byte_size
23960 = get_AT_unsigned (val2->v.val_die_ref.die, DW_AT_byte_size);
23961 unsigned int encoding
23962 = get_AT_unsigned (val2->v.val_die_ref.die, DW_AT_encoding);
23963 hash = iterative_hash_object (val1->v.val_int, hash);
23964 hash = iterative_hash_object (byte_size, hash);
23965 hash = iterative_hash_object (encoding, hash);
23968 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
23969 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
23970 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
23972 unsigned int byte_size
23973 = get_AT_unsigned (val1->v.val_die_ref.die, DW_AT_byte_size);
23974 unsigned int encoding
23975 = get_AT_unsigned (val1->v.val_die_ref.die, DW_AT_encoding);
23976 hash = iterative_hash_object (byte_size, hash);
23977 hash = iterative_hash_object (encoding, hash);
23978 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_GNU_const_type)
23980 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->val_class, hash);
23981 switch (val2->val_class)
23983 case dw_val_class_const:
23984 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_int, hash);
23986 case dw_val_class_vec:
23988 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
23989 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
23991 hash = iterative_hash_object (elt_size, hash);
23992 hash = iterative_hash_object (len, hash);
23993 hash = iterative_hash (val2->v.val_vec.array,
23994 len * elt_size, hash);
23997 case dw_val_class_const_double:
23998 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_double.low, hash);
23999 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_double.high, hash);
24002 gcc_unreachable ();
24008 /* Other codes have no operands. */
24014 /* Iteratively hash the whole DWARF location expression LOC. */
24016 static inline hashval_t
24017 hash_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, hashval_t hash)
24019 dw_loc_descr_ref l;
24020 bool sizes_computed = false;
24021 /* Compute sizes, so that DW_OP_skip/DW_OP_bra can be checksummed. */
24022 size_of_locs (loc);
24024 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
24026 enum dwarf_location_atom opc = l->dw_loc_opc;
24027 hash = iterative_hash_object (opc, hash);
24028 if ((opc == DW_OP_skip || opc == DW_OP_bra) && !sizes_computed)
24030 size_of_locs (loc);
24031 sizes_computed = true;
24033 hash = hash_loc_operands (l, hash);
24038 /* Compute hash of the whole location list LIST_HEAD. */
24041 hash_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
24043 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
24044 hashval_t hash = 0;
24046 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
24048 hash = iterative_hash (curr->begin, strlen (curr->begin) + 1, hash);
24049 hash = iterative_hash (curr->end, strlen (curr->end) + 1, hash);
24051 hash = iterative_hash (curr->section, strlen (curr->section) + 1,
24053 hash = hash_locs (curr->expr, hash);
24055 list_head->hash = hash;
24058 /* Return true if X and Y opcodes have the same operands. */
24061 compare_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref x, dw_loc_descr_ref y)
24063 dw_val_ref valx1 = &x->dw_loc_oprnd1;
24064 dw_val_ref valx2 = &x->dw_loc_oprnd2;
24065 dw_val_ref valy1 = &y->dw_loc_oprnd1;
24066 dw_val_ref valy2 = &y->dw_loc_oprnd2;
24068 switch (x->dw_loc_opc)
24070 case DW_OP_const4u:
24071 case DW_OP_const8u:
24075 case DW_OP_const1u:
24076 case DW_OP_const1s:
24077 case DW_OP_const2u:
24078 case DW_OP_const2s:
24079 case DW_OP_const4s:
24080 case DW_OP_const8s:
24084 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
24120 case DW_OP_deref_size:
24121 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
24122 return valx1->v.val_int == valy1->v.val_int;
24125 gcc_assert (valx1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc
24126 && valy1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc
24127 && x->dw_loc_addr == y->dw_loc_addr);
24128 return valx1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr == valy1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr;
24129 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
24130 if (valx1->v.val_unsigned != valy1->v.val_unsigned
24131 || valx2->val_class != valy2->val_class)
24133 switch (valx2->val_class)
24135 case dw_val_class_const:
24136 return valx2->v.val_int == valy2->v.val_int;
24137 case dw_val_class_vec:
24138 return valx2->v.val_vec.elt_size == valy2->v.val_vec.elt_size
24139 && valx2->v.val_vec.length == valy2->v.val_vec.length
24140 && memcmp (valx2->v.val_vec.array, valy2->v.val_vec.array,
24141 valx2->v.val_vec.elt_size
24142 * valx2->v.val_vec.length) == 0;
24143 case dw_val_class_const_double:
24144 return valx2->v.val_double.low == valy2->v.val_double.low
24145 && valx2->v.val_double.high == valy2->v.val_double.high;
24146 case dw_val_class_addr:
24147 return rtx_equal_p (valx2->v.val_addr, valy2->v.val_addr);
24149 gcc_unreachable ();
24152 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
24153 return valx1->v.val_int == valy1->v.val_int
24154 && valx2->v.val_int == valy2->v.val_int;
24157 return rtx_equal_p (valx1->v.val_addr, valy1->v.val_addr);
24158 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
24159 return valx1->val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref
24160 && valx1->val_class == valy1->val_class
24161 && valx1->v.val_die_ref.die == valy1->v.val_die_ref.die
24162 && valx2->v.val_int == valy2->v.val_int;
24163 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
24164 return compare_loc_operands (valx1->v.val_loc, valy1->v.val_loc);
24165 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
24166 if (valx1->v.val_die_ref.die != valy1->v.val_die_ref.die
24167 || valx2->val_class != valy2->val_class)
24169 switch (valx2->val_class)
24171 case dw_val_class_const:
24172 return valx2->v.val_int == valy2->v.val_int;
24173 case dw_val_class_vec:
24174 return valx2->v.val_vec.elt_size == valy2->v.val_vec.elt_size
24175 && valx2->v.val_vec.length == valy2->v.val_vec.length
24176 && memcmp (valx2->v.val_vec.array, valy2->v.val_vec.array,
24177 valx2->v.val_vec.elt_size
24178 * valx2->v.val_vec.length) == 0;
24179 case dw_val_class_const_double:
24180 return valx2->v.val_double.low == valy2->v.val_double.low
24181 && valx2->v.val_double.high == valy2->v.val_double.high;
24183 gcc_unreachable ();
24185 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
24186 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
24187 return valx1->v.val_int == valy1->v.val_int
24188 && valx2->v.val_die_ref.die == valy2->v.val_die_ref.die;
24189 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
24190 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
24191 return valx1->v.val_die_ref.die == valy1->v.val_die_ref.die;
24193 /* Other codes have no operands. */
24198 /* Return true if DWARF location expressions X and Y are the same. */
24201 compare_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref x, dw_loc_descr_ref y)
24203 for (; x != NULL && y != NULL; x = x->dw_loc_next, y = y->dw_loc_next)
24204 if (x->dw_loc_opc != y->dw_loc_opc
24205 || x->dtprel != y->dtprel
24206 || !compare_loc_operands (x, y))
24208 return x == NULL && y == NULL;
24211 /* Return precomputed hash of location list X. */
24214 loc_list_hash (const void *x)
24216 return ((const struct dw_loc_list_struct *) x)->hash;
24219 /* Return 1 if location lists X and Y are the same. */
24222 loc_list_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
24224 const struct dw_loc_list_struct *a = (const struct dw_loc_list_struct *) x;
24225 const struct dw_loc_list_struct *b = (const struct dw_loc_list_struct *) y;
24228 if (a->hash != b->hash)
24230 for (; a != NULL && b != NULL; a = a->dw_loc_next, b = b->dw_loc_next)
24231 if (strcmp (a->begin, b->begin) != 0
24232 || strcmp (a->end, b->end) != 0
24233 || (a->section == NULL) != (b->section == NULL)
24234 || (a->section && strcmp (a->section, b->section) != 0)
24235 || !compare_locs (a->expr, b->expr))
24237 return a == NULL && b == NULL;
24240 /* Recursively optimize location lists referenced from DIE
24241 children and share them whenever possible. */
24244 optimize_location_lists_1 (dw_die_ref die, htab_t htab)
24251 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
24252 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
24254 dw_loc_list_ref list = AT_loc_list (a);
24255 /* TODO: perform some optimizations here, before hashing
24256 it and storing into the hash table. */
24257 hash_loc_list (list);
24258 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab, list, list->hash,
24261 *slot = (void *) list;
24263 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = (dw_loc_list_ref) *slot;
24266 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, optimize_location_lists_1 (c, htab));
24269 /* Optimize location lists referenced from DIE
24270 children and share them whenever possible. */
24273 optimize_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
24275 htab_t htab = htab_create (500, loc_list_hash, loc_list_eq, NULL);
24276 optimize_location_lists_1 (die, htab);
24277 htab_delete (htab);
24280 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
24281 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
24284 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
24286 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
24287 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
24288 htab_t comdat_type_table;
24291 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies ();
24292 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
24294 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
24295 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
24296 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die (), remap_debug_filename (filename));
24297 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename))
24298 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
24299 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
24302 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
24304 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
24307 for (i = 0; i < VEC_length (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list); i++)
24309 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
24310 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->die,
24311 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->variable,
24316 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
24317 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
24318 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
24319 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
24321 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
24323 dw_die_ref die = node->die;
24324 next_node = node->next;
24326 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
24328 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
24331 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
24332 else if (is_cu_die (die))
24334 else if (seen_error ())
24335 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
24336 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), die);
24339 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
24340 nested function can be optimized away, which results
24341 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
24342 with the return type of that nested function. Force
24343 this to be a child of the containing function.
24345 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
24346 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
24347 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
24348 the function is likely unreachable too. */
24349 tree context = NULL_TREE;
24351 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
24353 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
24354 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
24355 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
24356 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
24358 gcc_assert (context
24359 && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL
24360 || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL));
24362 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
24364 add_child_die (origin, die);
24366 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), die);
24371 limbo_die_list = NULL;
24373 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
24375 dw_die_ref die = comp_unit_die (), c;
24376 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, gcc_assert (! c->die_mark));
24379 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die ());
24380 move_marked_base_types ();
24382 for (node = deferred_asm_name; node; node = node->next)
24384 tree decl = node->created_for;
24385 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
24387 add_linkage_attr (node->die, decl);
24388 move_linkage_attr (node->die);
24392 deferred_asm_name = NULL;
24394 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
24395 emit full debugging info for them. */
24396 retry_incomplete_types ();
24398 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
24399 prune_unused_types ();
24401 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
24402 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
24403 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && ! use_debug_types)
24404 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die ());
24406 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
24407 if (use_debug_types)
24409 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die ());
24411 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
24412 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
24414 limbo_die_list = NULL;
24416 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
24417 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
24418 references to the main compile unit). */
24419 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
24420 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode->root_die);
24421 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die ());
24423 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
24424 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
24425 referenced. Prune them. */
24426 prune_unused_types ();
24429 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
24430 that have children. */
24431 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die ());
24432 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
24433 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
24434 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
24435 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode->root_die);
24437 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
24438 switch_to_section (text_section);
24439 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
24440 if (cold_text_section)
24442 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
24443 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
24446 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
24448 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
24449 || (dwarf_version < 3 && dwarf_strict))
24451 /* Don't add if the CU has no associated code. */
24452 if (text_section_used)
24454 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
24455 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
24460 unsigned fde_idx = 0;
24461 bool range_list_added = false;
24463 if (text_section_used)
24464 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), text_section_label,
24465 text_end_label, &range_list_added);
24466 if (cold_text_section_used)
24467 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), cold_text_section_label,
24468 cold_end_label, &range_list_added);
24470 for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++)
24472 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx];
24474 if (!fde->in_std_section)
24475 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), fde->dw_fde_begin,
24476 fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added);
24477 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && !fde->second_in_std_section)
24478 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), fde->dw_fde_second_begin,
24479 fde->dw_fde_second_end, &range_list_added);
24482 if (range_list_added)
24484 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
24485 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
24486 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
24487 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
24488 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
24489 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
24490 if (! dwarf_strict && dwarf_version < 4)
24491 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
24497 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
24498 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_stmt_list,
24499 debug_line_section_label);
24501 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
24502 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
24504 if (have_location_lists)
24505 optimize_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
24507 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
24508 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
24509 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
24510 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
24512 comdat_type_table = htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash, htab_ct_eq, NULL);
24513 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
24515 void **slot = htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table, ctnode, INSERT);
24517 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
24518 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
24521 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
24522 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
24524 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
24525 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode->root_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
24526 debug_line_section_label);
24528 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode);
24531 htab_delete (comdat_type_table);
24533 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
24534 will be emitted. */
24535 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die (), debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE);
24537 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
24538 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
24539 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
24540 output_abbrev_section ();
24542 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
24543 if (have_location_lists)
24545 /* Output the location lists info. */
24546 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
24547 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
24548 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
24549 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
24550 output_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
24553 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
24554 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
24556 gcc_assert (info_section_emitted);
24557 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
24558 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
24561 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
24562 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
24563 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
24564 simply won't look for the section. */
24565 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
24567 bool empty = false;
24569 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
24571 /* The pubtypes table might be emptied by pruning unused items. */
24575 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry, pubtype_table, i, p)
24576 if (p->die->die_offset != 0)
24584 gcc_assert (info_section_emitted);
24585 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
24586 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
24590 /* Output the address range information if a CU (.debug_info section)
24591 was emitted. We output an empty table even if we had no functions
24592 to put in it. This because the consumer has no way to tell the
24593 difference between an empty table that we omitted and failure to
24594 generate a table that would have contained data. */
24595 if (info_section_emitted)
24597 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
24599 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
24600 output_aranges (aranges_length);
24603 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
24604 if (ranges_table_in_use)
24606 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
24607 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
24611 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
24612 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
24613 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
24614 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
24615 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
24616 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
24617 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
24618 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
24619 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
24620 output_line_info ();
24622 /* Have to end the macro section. */
24623 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
24625 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
24626 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
24627 if (!VEC_empty (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table))
24629 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
24632 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
24634 if (debug_str_hash)
24635 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
24638 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"